Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Publishing / John Wiley & Sons Inc.

John Wiley & Sons Inc.

jw-a · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker jw-a
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Publishing
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, DC  20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
☒ 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended:  April 30, 2022 

OR 

☐ 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the transition period from _________ to _________ 
Commission file number   001-11507 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. 

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

New York 
State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization 

13-5593032 
I.R.S. Employer Identification No. 

111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 
Address of principal executive offices 

07030 
Zip Code 

 (201) 748-6000  
 Registrant’s telephone number including area code  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  
Title of each class 
Class A Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share 
Class B Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share 

 Trading Symbol 
WLY  
WLYB 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
New York Stock Exchange 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ☒   No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  
Yes ☐   No ☒ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the registrant  (1) has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes ☒   No ☐ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted 
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes ☒   No ☐ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller 
reporting  company,  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller 
reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Large accelerated filer ☒ 
Non-accelerated filer ☐ 

Accelerated filer ☐ 
Smaller reporting company ☐ 
Emerging growth company ☐ 

If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for 
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness 
of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered 
public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   Yes ☐    No ☒ 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price as of 
the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter,  October 31, 2021, was approximately $2,371 
million. The registrant has no non-voting common stock. 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Class A and Class B Common Stock as of  May 31, 2022 was 46,717,599 and 
9,031,313 respectively. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for use in connection with its annual meeting of stockholders scheduled to be 
held on September 29, 2022, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
FORM 10-K 
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 2022 
INDEX 

Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Mine Safety Disclosures 
Information About Our Executive Officers  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities 
[Reserved] 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services           

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 
Form 10-K Summary 

PART I 
ITEM 1. 
ITEM 1A. 
ITEM 1B.  
ITEM 2. 
ITEM 3. 
ITEM 4. 

PART II 
ITEM 5. 

ITEM 6. 
ITEM 7. 
ITEM 7A. 
ITEM 8. 
ITEM 9. 
ITEM 9A. 
ITEM 9B.  
ITEM 9C.  

PART III 
ITEM 10. 
ITEM 11. 
ITEM 12. 
ITEM 13. 
ITEM 14. 

PART IV 
ITEM 15. 
ITEM 16.  

SIGNATURES  

PAGE 
5 
15 
23 
24 
24 
24 
25 

26 
26 
27 
52 
53 
104 
104 
104 
104 

105 
105 
105 
106 
106 

106 
110 

111 

Index 

2 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements “Safe Harbor” Statement under the Private Securities Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995: 

This report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995 concerning our business, consolidated financial condition, and results of operations. The Securities and Exchange 
Commission  (SEC)  encourages  companies  to  disclose  forward-looking  information  so  that  investors  can  better  understand  a 
company’s  prospects  and  make  informed  investment  decisions.  Forward-looking  statements  are  subject  to  risks  and  uncertainties, 
many  of  which  are  outside  our  control,  which  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  these  statements.  Therefore,  you 
should  not  rely  on  any  of  these  forward-looking  statements.  Forward-looking  statements  can  be  identified  by  such  words  as 
“anticipates,”  “believes,”  “plan,”  “assumes,”  “could,”  “should,”  “estimates,”  “expects,”  “intends,”  “potential,”  “seek,”  “predict,” 
“may,” “will,” and similar references to future periods. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this report 
regarding  our  strategies,  prospects,  financial  condition,  operations,  costs,  plans,  and  objectives  are  forward-looking  statements. 
Examples  of  forward-looking  statements  include,  among  others,  statements  we  make  regarding  our  fiscal  year  2023  outlook,  the 
anticipated  impact  on  the  ability  of  our  employees,  contractors,  customers,  and  other  business  partners  to  perform  our,  and  their, 
respective  responsibilities  and  obligations  relative  to  the  conduct  of  our  business  in  the  future  due  to  the  coronavirus  (COVID-19) 
outbreak,  anticipated  restructuring  charges  and  savings,  operations,  performance,  and  financial  condition. Reliance  should  not  be 
placed  on  forward-looking  statements,  as  actual  results  may  differ  materially  from  those  described  in  any  forward-looking 
statements. Any  such  forward-looking  statements  are  based  upon  many  assumptions  and  estimates  that  are  inherently  subject  to 
uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control, and are  subject to change based on many important factors. 
Such  factors  include,  but  are  not  limited  to  (i)  the  level  of  investment  by  Wiley  in  new  technologies  and  products;  (ii)  subscriber 
renewal rates for our journals; (iii) the financial stability and liquidity of journal subscription agents; (iv) the consolidation of book 
wholesalers  and  retail  accounts;  (v)  the  market  position  and  financial  stability  of  key  retailers;  (vi)  the  seasonal  nature  of  our 
educational business and the impact of the used book market; (vii) worldwide economic and political conditions; (viii) our ability to 
protect  our  copyrights  and  other  intellectual  property  worldwide;  (ix)  our  ability  to  successfully  integrate  acquired  operations  and 
realize  expected opportunities;  (x)  the  ability  to  realize  operating  savings over  time  and in  fiscal  year 2023  in  connection  with  our 
multiyear Business Optimization Program; (xi) the impact of COVID-19 on our operations, performance, and financial condition; and 
(xii)  other factors detailed from time to time in our filings with the SEC. We  undertake no obligation to update  or revise any such 
forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances. 

Please refer to Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for important factors that we believe could cause 
actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  in our  forward-looking  statements.  Any  forward-looking  statement  made  by  us  in  this 
report is based only on information currently available to us and speaks only as  of the date  on which it is made. We undertake  no 
obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time, whether as 
a result of new information, future developments, or otherwise. 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures: 

We  present  financial  information  that  conforms  to  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles  in  the  United  States  of  America  (US 
GAAP). We also present financial information that does not conform to US GAAP, which we refer to as non-GAAP. 

In this report, we may present the following non-GAAP performance measures: 

•  Adjusted Earnings Per Share (Adjusted EPS); 
•  Free Cash Flow less Product Development Spending; 
•  Adjusted Contribution to Profit and margin; 
•  Adjusted Operating Income and margin; 
•  Adjusted Income Before Taxes; 
•  Adjusted Income Tax Provision; 
•  Adjusted Effective Tax Rate; 
•  EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and margin; 
•  Organic revenue; and 
•  Results on a constant currency basis. 

Index 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management  uses  these  non-GAAP  performance  measures  as  supplemental  indicators  of  our  operating  performance  and  financial 
position as well as for internal reporting and forecasting purposes, when publicly providing our outlook, to evaluate our performance 
and calculate incentive compensation. We present these non-GAAP performance measures in addition to US GAAP financial results 
because we believe that these non-GAAP performance measures provide useful information to certain investors and financial analysts 
for operational trends and comparisons over time. The  use of these non-GAAP performance measures may also provide a consistent 
basis to evaluate operating profitability and performance trends by excluding items that we do not consider to be controllable activities 
for this purpose. 

The performance metric used by our chief operating decision maker to evaluate performance of our reportable segments is Adjusted 
Contribution to Profit. We present both Adjusted Contribution to Profit and Adjusted EBITDA for each of our reportable segments as 
we believe Adjusted EBITDA provides additional useful information to certain investors and financial analysts for operational trends 
and comparisons over time.  It removes the impact of depreciation and amortization expense, as well as presents a consistent basis to 
evaluate operating profitability and compare our financial performance to that of our peer companies and competitors.  

For example: 

•  Adjusted  EPS,  Adjusted  Contribution  to  Profit,  Adjusted  Operating  Income,  Adjusted  Income  Before  Taxes,  Adjusted 
Income  Tax  Provision,  Adjusted  Effective  Tax  Rate,  Adjusted  EBITDA,  and  organic  revenue  (excluding  acquisitions) 
provide a more comparable basis to analyze operating results and earnings, and are measures commonly used by shareholders 
to measure our performance. 

•  Free  Cash  Flow  less  Product  Development  Spending  helps  assess  our  ability,  over  the  long  term,  to  create  value  for  our 
shareholders  as  it  represents  cash  available  to  repay  debt,  pay  common  stock  dividends,  and  fund  share  repurchases  and 
acquisitions. 

•  Results  on  a  constant  currency  basis  remove  distortion  from  the  effects  of  foreign  currency  movements  to  provide  better 
comparability of our  business  trends  from period  to period.  We  measure  our  performance  excluding  the  impact  of  foreign 
currency (or at constant currency), which means that we apply the same foreign currency exchange rates for the current and 
equivalent prior period. 

In addition, we have historically provided these or similar non-GAAP performance measures and understand that some investors and 
financial  analysts  find  this  information helpful  in  analyzing  our operating margins  and net  income,  and  in  comparing  our  financial 
performance to that of our peer companies and competitors. Based on interactions with investors, we also believe that our non-GAAP 
performance measures are regarded as useful to our investors as supplemental to our US GAAP financial results, and that there is no 
confusion regarding the adjustments or our operating performance to our investors due to the comprehensive nature of our disclosures. 
We  have  not  provided  our  2023  outlook  for  the  most  directly  comparable  US  GAAP  financial  measures,  as  they  are  not  available 
without  unreasonable  effort  due  to  the  high  variability,  complexity,  and  low  visibility  with  respect  to  certain  items,  including 
restructuring charges and credits, gains and losses on foreign currency, and other gains and losses. These items are uncertain, depend 
on various factors, and could be material to our consolidated results computed in accordance with US GAAP. 

Non-GAAP performance measures do not have standardized meanings prescribed by US GAAP and therefore may not be comparable 
to  the  calculation  of  similar  measures  used  by  other  companies  and  should  not  be  viewed  as  alternatives  to  measures  of  financial 
results under US GAAP. The adjusted metrics have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation from, or 
as a substitute for, US GAAP information. It does not purport to represent any similarly titled US GAAP information and is not an 
indicator of our performance under US GAAP.  Non-GAAP financial metrics that we present may not be comparable with similarly 
titled measures used by others. Investors are cautioned against placing undue reliance on these non-GAAP measures. 

Index 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

Item 1. Business 

The Company, founded in 1807, was incorporated in the state of New York on January 15, 1904. Throughout this report, when we 
refer to “Wiley,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us,” we are referring to John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and all of our subsidiaries, except 
where the context indicates otherwise. 

Please refer to Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for financial information about the Company and its 
subsidiaries, which is incorporated herein by reference. Also, when we cross reference to a “Note,” we are referring to our “Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements,” in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” unless the context indicates 
otherwise. 

Wiley  is  a  global  leader  in  scientific  research  and  career-connected  education,  unlocking  human  potential  by  enabling  discovery, 
powering  education,  and  shaping  workforces.  For  over  200  years,  Wiley  has  fueled  the  world’s  knowledge  ecosystem.  Today,  our 
high-impact content, platforms, and services help researchers, learners, institutions, and corporations achieve their goals in an ever-
changing  world.  Wiley  is  a  predominantly  digital  company  with  approximately  83%  of  revenue  generated  by  digital  products  and 
tech-enabled services, and 58% of revenue is recurring which includes revenue that is contractually obligated or set to recur with a 
high degree of certainty for the year ended April 30, 2022. Through the Research Publishing & Platforms segment, we provide peer-
reviewed  scientific,  technical,  and  medical  (STM)  publishing,  content  platforms,  and  related  services  to  academic,  corporate,  and 
government  customers,  academic  societies,  and  individual  researchers.  The  Academic  &  Professional  Learning  segment  provides 
Education Publishing and Professional Learning content and courseware, training, and learning services to students, professionals, and 
corporations. The Education Services segment provides University Services, including online program management (OPM) services 
for academic institutions, and Talent Development Services, including placement and training for professionals and businesses.  Our 
operations are primarily located in the United States (US), United Kingdom (UK), India, Sri Lanka, and Germany. In the year ended 
April 30, 2022, approximately 47% of our consolidated revenue was from outside the US.  

Wiley’s business strategies are tightly aligned with accelerating growth trends, including open research, career-connected education, 
and talent development. Research strategies include driving publishing output to meet the global demand for peer-reviewed research 
and  expanding  platform  and  service  offerings  for  corporations  and  societies.  Education  strategies  include  expanding  online  degree 
programs  and  driving  online  enrollment  for  university  partners,  scaling  digital  content  and  courseware,  and  expanding  IT  talent 
placement and reskilling programs for corporate partners. 

Business Segments 

We report financial information for the following segments, as well as a Corporate category, which includes certain costs that are not 
allocated to the reportable segments:  

•  Research Publishing & Platforms 
•  Academic & Professional Learning 
•  Education Services 

Research Publishing & Platforms: 

Research Publishing & Platforms’ mission is to support researchers, professionals and learners in the discovery and use of research 
knowledge to help them achieve their goals.  Research provides scientific, technical, medical, and scholarly journals, as well as related 
content  and  services,  to  academic,  corporate,  and  government  libraries,  learned  societies,  and  individual  researchers  and  other 
professionals. Journal publishing areas include the physical sciences and engineering, health sciences, social sciences and humanities, 
and life sciences. Research Publishing & Platforms also includes Atypon Systems, Inc. (Atypon), a publishing software and service 
provider that enables scholarly and professional societies and publishers to deliver, host, enhance, market, and manage their content on 
the web through the Literatum™ platform. Research Publishing & Platforms customers include academic, corporate, government, and 
public  libraries,  funders  of  research,  researchers,  scientists,  clinicians,  engineers  and  technologists,  scholarly  and  professional 
societies, and students and professors. Research Publishing & Platforms products are sold and distributed globally through multiple 
channels,  including  research  libraries  and  library  consortia,  independent  subscription  agents,  direct  sales  to  professional  society 
members, and other customers. Publishing centers include Australia, China, Germany, India, the UK, and the US. Research Publishing 
& Platforms’ revenue accounted for approximately 53% of our consolidated revenue in the year ended April 30,  2022, with a 35.1% 
Adjusted  EBITDA  margin.  Approximately  95%  of  Research  Publishing  &  Platforms’  revenue  is  generated  by  digital  and  online 
products, and services.   

Index 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research Publishing & Platforms revenue by product type includes Research Publishing and Research Platforms. The graphs below 
present revenue by product type for the years ended April 30, 2022, and 2021: 

Key growth strategies for the Research Publishing & Platforms segment include evolving and developing new licensing models for 
our institutional customers (“pay to read and publish”), developing new open access journals and revenue streams (“pay to publish”), 
focusing resources on high-growth and emerging markets, and developing new digital products, services, and workflow solutions to 
meet the needs of researchers, authors, societies, and corporate customers. 

Research Publishing 

Research Publishing generates the majority of its revenue from contracts with its customers in the following revenue streams: 

• 

Journal  Subscriptions  (“pay  to  read”),  Open  Access  (“pay  to  publish”),  and  Transformational  Models  (“pay  to  read  and 
publish”); and 

•  Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other. 

Journal Subscriptions, Open Access, and Transformational Models 

As  of  April  30,  2022,  we  publish  over  1,900  academic  research  journals.  We  sell  journal  subscriptions  directly  to  thousands  of 
Research  institutions  worldwide  through  our  sales  representatives,  indirectly  through  independent  subscription  agents,  through 
promotional campaigns, and through memberships in professional societies for those journals that are sponsored by societies. Journal 
subscriptions are primarily licensed through contracts for digital content available online through our  Wiley Online Library platform. 
Contracts  are  negotiated  by  us  directly  with  customers  or  their  subscription  agents.  Subscription  periods  typically  cover  calendar 
years.  Print  journals  are  generally  mailed  to  subscribers  directly  from  independent  printers. We  do  not  own  or  manage  printing 
facilities. Subscription revenue is generally collected in advance. 

Approximately 53% of Journal Subscription revenue is derived from publishing rights owned by Wiley. Publishing alliances also play 
a major role in Research Publishing’s success. Approximately 47% of Journal Subscription revenue is derived from publication rights 
that  are  owned  by  professional  societies  and  published  by  us  pursuant  to  long-term  contracts  or  owned  jointly  with  professional 
societies.  These  society  alliances  bring  mutual  benefit:  The  societies  gain  Wiley’s  publishing,  marketing,  sales,  and  distribution 
expertise, while Wiley benefits from being affiliated with prestigious societies and their members. Societies that sponsor or own such 
journals generally receive a royalty and/or other financial consideration. We may procure editorial services from such societies on a 
prenegotiated fee basis. We also enter into agreements with outside independent editors of journals that define their editorial duties 
and  the  fees  and  expenses  for  their  services.  Contributors  of  articles  to  our  journal  portfolio  transfer  publication  rights  to  us  or  a 
professional society, as applicable. We publish the journals of many prestigious societies, including the American Cancer Society, the 
American  Heart  Association,  the  European  Molecular  Biology  Organization,  the  American  Anthropological  Association,  the 
American Geophysical Union, and the German Chemical Society. 

Wiley  Online  Library,  which  is  delivered  through  our  Literatum  platform,  provides  the  user  with  intuitive  navigation,  enhanced 
discoverability, expanded functionality, and a range of personalization options. Access to abstracts is free and full content is accessible 
through licensing agreements or as individual article purchases. Large portions of the content are provided free or at nominal cost to 
nations  in  the  developing  world  through  partnerships  with  certain nonprofit  organizations.  Our online  publishing  platforms  provide 
revenue  growth  opportunities  through  new  applications  and  business  models,  online  advertising,  deeper  market  penetration,  and 
individual sales and pay-per-view options.  

Wiley’s performance in the 2020 release of Clarivate Analytics’ Journal Citation Reports (JCR) remains strong, maintaining its top 3 
position in terms of the number of titles indexed, articles published, and citations received. Wiley has 10% of titles, 11% of articles, 
and 11% of citations. 

Index 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A total of 1,281 Wiley journals were included in the reports. Wiley journals ranked #1 in 20 categories across 17 titles and  achieved 
219 top-10 category rankings. 

The  annual  JCR  are  one  of  the  most  widely  used  sources  of  citation  metrics  used  to  analyze  the  performance  of  peer-reviewed 
journals. The most famous of these metrics, the Impact Factor, is based on the frequency with which an average article is cited in the 
JCR report year. Alongside other metrics, this makes it an important tool for evaluating a journal’s impact on ongoing research. 

Under the Open Access business model, accepted research articles are published subject to payment of Article Publication Charges 
(APCs) and then all open articles are immediately free to access online. Contributors of open access articles retain many rights and 
typically license their work under terms that permit reuse. 

Open Access offers authors choices in how to share and disseminate their work, and it serves the needs of researchers who may be 
required by their research funder to make articles freely accessible without embargo. APCs are typically paid by the individual author 
or  by  the  author’s  funder,  and  payments  are  often  mediated  by  the  author’s  institution.  We  provide  specific  workflows  and 
infrastructure to authors, funders, and institutions to support the requirements of Open Access. 

We offer two Open Access publishing models. The first of these is  Hybrid Open Access where authors publishing in the majority of 
our  paid  subscription  journals,  after  article  acceptance,  are  offered  the  opportunity  to  make  their  individual  research  article  openly 
available online.  

The second offering of the Open Access model is a growing portfolio of fully open access journals, also known as Gold Open Access 
Journals. All Open Access articles are subject to the same rigorous peer-review process applied to our subscription-based journals. As 
with our subscription portfolio, a number of the  Gold Open Access Journals are published under contract for, or in partnership with, 
prestigious societies, including the American Geophysical Union, the American Heart Association, the European Molecular Biology 
Organization,  and  the  British  Ecological  Society.  The  Open  Access  portfolio  spans  life,  physical,  medical,  and  social  sciences  and 
includes a choice of high impact journals and broad-scope titles that offer a responsive, author-centered service. 

Transformational  agreements  (“read  and  publish”),  are an  innovative  model  that  blends  Journal  Subscription  and  Open  Access 
offerings.  Essentially,  for  a  single  fee,  a  national  or  regional  consortium  of  libraries  pays  for  and  receives  full  read  access  to  our 
journal portfolio and the ability to publish under an open access arrangement. Like subscriptions, transformational agreements involve 
recurring  revenue  under  multiyear  contracts.  Transformational  models  accelerate  the  transition  to  open  access  while  maintaining 
subscription access. 

Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other 

Licensing,  Reprints,  Backfiles,  and  Other  includes  advertising,  backfile  sales,  the  licensing  of  publishing rights,  journal  and  article 
reprints, and individual article sales. We generate advertising revenue from print and online journal subscription products, our online 
publishing  platform,  Literatum,  online  events  such  as  webinars  and  virtual  conferences,  community  interest  websites  such  as 
spectroscopyNOW.com, and other websites. A backfile license provides access to a historical collection of Wiley journals, generally 
for a one-time fee. We also engage with international publishers and receive licensing revenue from reproductions, translations, and 
other digital uses of our content. Journal and article reprints are primarily used by pharmaceutical companies and other industries for 
marketing  and  promotional  purposes. Through  the  Article  Select  and  PayPerView  programs,  we  provide  fee-based  access  to 
nonsubscribed journal articles, content, book chapters, and major reference work articles. The Research Publishing business is also a 
provider  of  content  and  services  in  evidence-based  medicine  (EBM).  Through  our  alliance  with  The  Cochrane  Collaboration,  we 
publish  The  Cochrane  Library,  a premier  source  of high-quality  independent  evidence  to  inform  healthcare  decision-making.  EBM 
facilitates  the  effective  management  of  patients  through  clinical  expertise  informed  by  best  practice  evidence  that  is  derived  from 
medical literature. 

Research Platforms 

Research  Platforms  is  principally  comprised  of  Atypon,  a  publishing  software  and  service  provider  that  enables  scholarly  and 
professional  societies  and publishers  to  deliver,  host,  enhance,  market,  and  manage  their  content on  the  web  through  the  Literatum 
platform.  

Literatum,  our  online  publishing  platform  for  societies  and  other  research  publishers,  delivers  integrated  access  to  more  than  10 
million  articles  from  approximately  2,800  journals,  as  well  as  26,000  online  books  and  hundreds  of  multivolume  reference  works, 
laboratory protocols and databases.  The Literatum platform hosts more than 46% of the world’s English language journals. 

Index 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  November 30, 2021, we acquired the assets of the eJournalPress (EJP)  business from Precision Computer Works, Inc. EJP is a 
technology platform company with an established journal submission and peer-review management system. On October 1, 2021, we 
completed  the  acquisition  of certain  assets  of  J&J  Editorial  Services,  LLC.  (J&J).  J&J  is  a  publishing  services  company  providing 
expert offerings in editorial operations, production, copyediting, system support and consulting. The results of these acquisitions have 
been included in Research Platforms.  

Fiscal Year 2023 Changes to Revenue by Product Type   

In the first quarter of fiscal year 2023, our revenue by product type previously referred to as Research Platforms will be changed to 
Research Solutions.  Research Solutions will include infrastructure and publishing services that help societies and corporations thrive 
in  a  complex  knowledge  ecosystem.  In  addition  to  Platforms  (Atypon),  certain  product  offerings such  as  corporate  sales  which 
included  the  recent  acquisitions  of  Madgex  Holdings  Limited  (Madgex),  and  Bio-Rad  Laboratories  Inc.’s  Informatics  products 
(Informatics) that were previously included in Research Publishing will be moved to Research Solutions.  Research Solutions will also 
include product offerings related to certain recent acquisitions such as J&J, and EJP. 

Academic & Professional Learning: 

Our  Academic  &  Professional  Learning  segment  provides  Education  Publishing  and  Professional  Learning  products  and  services, 
including scientific, professional, and education print and digital books, digital courseware, and test preparation services, to libraries, 
corporations, students, professionals, and researchers, as well as learning, development, and assessment services for businesses and 
professionals.  Communities  served  include  business,  finance,  accounting,  workplace  learning,  management,  leadership,  technology, 
behavioral health, engineering/architecture, science and medicine, and education. Products are developed for worldwide distribution 
through  multiple  channels,  including  chain  and  online  booksellers,  libraries,  colleges  and  universities,  corporations,  direct  to 
consumer, websites, distributor networks, and other online applications. Publishing centers include Australia, Germany, India, the UK, 
and the US. Academic & Professional Learning accounted for approximately 31% of our consolidated revenue in the year ended April 
30, 2022, with a 28.1% Adjusted EBITDA margin. Approximately 55% of revenue is from digital and online products and services.  

Academic  &  Professional  Learning  revenue  by  product  type  includes  Education  Publishing  and  Professional  Learning.  The  graphs 
below present revenue by product type for the years ended April 30, 2022, and 2021: 

Key strategies for the Academic & Professional Learning business include developing and acquiring products and services to drive 
career-connected  education,  developing  leading  brands  and  franchises,  executing  strategic  acquisitions  and  partnerships,  and 
innovating  digital  content  and  courseware  formats  while  expanding  their  global  discoverability  and  distribution.  We  continue  to 
implement strategies to manage declines in print revenue through cost improvement initiatives and focusing our efforts on growing 
our digital lines of business.  

Book sales for Education Publishing and Professional Learning are generally made on a returnable basis with certain restrictions. We 
provide for estimated future returns on sales made during the year based on historical return experience and current market trends. 

Materials  for  book  publications  are  obtained  from  authors  throughout  most  of  the  world,  utilizing  the  efforts  of  an  editorial  staff, 
outside editorial advisors, and advisory boards. Most materials are originated by the authors themselves or as the result of  suggestion 
or  solicitations  by  editors  and  advisors.  We  enter  into  agreements  with  authors  that  state  the  terms  and  conditions  under  which  the 
materials will be published, the name in which the copyright will be registered, the basis for any royalties, and other matters. Most of 
the  authors  are  compensated  with  royalties,  which  vary  depending  on  the  nature  of  the  product.  We  may  make  advance  royalty 
payments against future royalties to authors of certain publications. Royalty advances are reviewed for recoverability and a reserve for 
loss is maintained, if appropriate. 

Index 

8 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We continue to add new titles, revise existing titles, and discontinue the sale of others in the normal course of our business, and we 
also  create  adaptations  of  original  content  for  specific  markets  based  on  customer  demand.  Our  general  practice  is  to  revise  our 
textbooks  approximately  every  three  years,  if  warranted,  and  to  revise  other  titles  as  appropriate.  Subscription-based  products  are 
updated on a more frequent basis. 

We generally contract with independent printers and binderies globally for their services. Management believes that adequate printing 
and binding facilities and sources of paper and other required materials are available to it, and that it is not dependent upon any single 
supplier. 

In fiscal year 2016, we entered into an agreement to outsource our US-based book distribution operations to Cengage Learning, with 
the  continued  aim  of  improving  efficiency  in  our  distribution  activities  and  moving  to  a  more  variable  cost  model. As  of  April  30, 
2022, we had one global warehousing and distribution facility remaining, which is in the UK. 

Education Publishing 

Education Publishing generates the majority of its revenue from contracts with its customers in the following revenue streams: 

•  Education Publishing 
•  Digital Courseware 
•  Test Preparation and Certification 
•  Licensing and Other 

Education Publishing  

Education textbooks and related supplementary material and digital products are sold primarily to bookstores and online  booksellers 
serving both for-profit and nonprofit educational institutions (primarily colleges and universities), and direct-to-students. We employ 
sales representatives who call on faculty responsible for selecting books to be used in courses and on the bookstores that serve such 
institutions  and  their  students.  The  textbook  business  is  seasonal,  with  the  majority  of  textbook  sales  occurring  during  the  July-
through-October  and  December-through-January  periods.  There  are  active  used  and  rental  print  textbook  markets,  which  adversely 
affect the sale of new textbooks. We are exploring opportunities to expand into the rental print textbook market. 

STM books (Reference) are sold and distributed globally in digital and print formats through multiple channels, including research 
libraries  and  library  consortia,  independent  subscription  agents,  direct  sales  to  professional  society  members,  bookstores,  online 
booksellers, and other customers. 

We develop content in a digital format that can be used for both digital  and print products, resulting in productivity and efficiency 
savings and enabling print-on-demand delivery. Book content is available online through Wiley Online Library (delivered through our 
Literatum  platform),  WileyPLUS,  zyBooks®,  alta™,  and  other  proprietary  platforms.  Digital  books  are  delivered  to  intermediaries, 
including Amazon, Apple, Google, and Ingram/Vital-Source®, for re-sale to individuals in various industry-standard formats, which 
are now the preferred deliverable for licensees of all types, including foreign language publishers. Digital books are also licensed to 
libraries through aggregators. Specialized formats for digital textbooks go to distributors servicing the academic market, and digital 
book  collections  are  sold  by  subscription  through  independent  third-party  aggregators  servicing  distinct  communities.  Custom 
deliverables are provided to corporations, institutions, and associations to educate their employees, generate leads for their products, 
and extend their brands. Content from digital books is also used to create online articles, mobile apps, newsletters, and promotional 
collateral. This continual reuse of content improves margins, speeds delivery, and helps satisfy a wide range of customer needs. Our 
online presence not only enables us to deliver content online, but also to sell more books. The growth of online booksellers benefits us 
because they provide unlimited virtual “shelf space” for our entire backlist. Publishing alliances and franchise products are important 
to our strategy. Education and STM publishing (including Test Preparation) alliance partners include the AICPA, the CFA Institute, 
ACT (American College Test), IEEE, American Institute of Chemical Engineers, and many others. The ability to join Wiley’s product 
development, sales, marketing, distribution, and technology with a partner’s content, technology, and/or brand name has contributed to 
our success. 

Index 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Digital Courseware  

We offer high-quality online learning solutions, including WileyPLUS, a research-based, online environment for effective teaching and 
learning  that  is  integrated  with  a  complete  digital  textbook.  WileyPLUS  improves  student  learning  through  instant  feedback, 
personalized learning plans, and self-evaluation tools, as well as a full range of course-oriented activities, including online planning, 
presentations,  study, homework,  and  testing.  In  selected  courses,  WileyPLUS  includes  a  personalized  adaptive  learning  component, 
Orion, which is based on cognitive science. Orion helps to build student proficiency on topics while improving the effectiveness of 
their study time. It assists educators in identifying areas that need reinforcement and measures student engagement and proficiency 
throughout the course.  

The highly interactive zyBooks platform enables learners to learn by doing while allowing professors to be more efficient and devote 
more  time  to  teaching.  The  platform  maximizes  learner  engagement  and  retention  through  demonstration  and  hands-on  learning 
experiences  using  interactive  question  sets,  animations,  tools,  and  embedded  labs.  The  zyBooks  platform  will  become  an  essential 
component of Wiley’s differentiated digital learning experience and, when combined with the  alta adaptive learning technology, will 
power lower-cost, higher-impact education across Wiley’s education business. 

Test Preparation and Certification 

to  customers  directly 

The Test Preparation and Certification business represents learning solutions, training activities, and print and digital formats that are 
delivered 
through  online  digital  delivery  platforms,  bookstores,  online  booksellers,  and  other 
customers. Products  include  CPAExcel®,  a  modular,  digital  platform  comprised  of  online  self-study,  videos,  mobile  apps,  and 
sophisticated  planning  tools  to  help  professionals  prepare  for  the  CPA  exam,  and  test  preparation  products  for  the  CFA®,  CMA®, 
CIA®, CMT®, FRM®, FINRA®, Banking, and PMP® exams.  

Licensing and Other 

Licensing  and  distribution  services  are  made  available  to  other  publishers  under  agency  arrangements.  We  also  engage  in  co-
publishing titles with international publishers and receive licensing revenue from photocopies, reproductions, translations,  and digital 
uses of our content and use of the Knewton® adaptive engine.    

Professional Learning 

Professional Learning generates the majority of its revenue from contracts with its customers in the following revenue streams: 

•  Professional Publishing 
•  Licensing and Other 
•  Corporate Training 
•  Corporate Learning 

Professional Publishing  

Professional books, which include business and finance, technology, and other professional categories, as well as the  For Dummies® 
brand, are sold to bookstores and online booksellers serving the general public, wholesalers who supply such bookstores, warehouse 
clubs,  college  bookstores,  individual  practitioners,  industrial  organizations,  and  government  agencies.  We  employ  sales 
representatives who call upon independent bookstores, national and regional chain bookstores, and wholesalers. Sales of professional 
books also result from direct mail campaigns, telemarketing, online access, advertising, and reviews in periodicals. 

We also promote active and growing custom professional and education publishing programs. Our custom professional publications 
are  used  by  professional  organizations  for  internal  promotional  or  incentive  programs  and  include  digital  and  print  books  written 
specifically for a customer and customizations of existing publications to include custom cover art, such as imprints, messages, and 
slogans.  More  specific  are  customized  For  Dummies  publications,  which  leverage  the  power  of  this  well-known  brand  to  meet  the 
specific information needs of a wide range of organizations around the world. 

Licensing and Other 

Licensing  and  distribution  services  are  made  available  to  other  publishers  under  agency  arrangements.  We  also  engage  in  co-
publishing titles with international publishers and receive licensing revenue from photocopies, reproductions, translations,  and digital 
uses of our content. Wiley also realizes advertising revenue from branded websites (e.g., Dummies.com) and online applications. 

Index 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Training 

Our corporate training businesses include high-demand soft-skills training solutions that are delivered to organizational clients through 
online digital delivery platforms, either directly or through an authorized distributor network of independent consultants, trainers, and 
coaches.  Wiley’s  branded  assessment  solutions  include  Everything  DiSC®,  The  Five  Behaviors®  based  on  Patrick  Lencioni’s 
perennial bestseller The Five Dysfunctions of a Team, and Leadership Practices Inventory® from Kouzes and Posner’s bestselling The 
Leadership Challenge®, as well as PXT Select™, a prehire selection tool. Our solutions help organizations hire and develop effective 
managers, leaders, and teams. 

Corporate Learning   

The  corporate  learning  business  offers  online  learning  and  training  solutions  for  global  corporations,  universities,  and  small  and 
medium-sized enterprises, which are sold on a subscription or fee basis. Learning experiences, formats and modules on topics such as 
leadership development, value creation, client orientation, change management, and corporate strategy are delivered on a cloud-based 
CrossKnowledge Learning Management System (LMS) platform that hosts more than 20,000 content assets (videos, digital learning 
modules,  written  files,  etc.)  in  18  languages.  Its  offering  includes  a  collaborative  e-learning  publishing  and  program  creation 
system. Revenue  growth  is  derived  from  legacy  markets,  such  as  France,  Germany,  UK,  and  other  European  markets,  and  newer 
markets,  such  as  the  US  and  Brazil.  In  addition,  learning  experiences,  content,  and  LMS  offerings  are  continuously  refreshed  and 
expanded to serve a wider variety of customer needs. These digital learning solutions are either sold directly to corporate customers or 
through our global partners’ network. 

Education Services: 

Our  Education  Services  segment  consists  of  University  Services  OPM  services  for  higher  education  institutions  and  talent 
development for professionals and businesses. Key growth strategies include increasing student enrollment in existing OPM programs, 
signing  new  university  partners  and  degree  programs,  and  bridging  the  IT  skills  gap  through  talent  development  for  corporations 
around the world. Education Services accounted for approximately 16% of our consolidated revenue in the year ended April 30,  2022, 
with  a  11.5%  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin.  Education  Services  generated  100%  of  its  revenue  from  digital  and  online  products  and 
services.  

Education  Services  revenue  by  product  type  includes  University  Services,  previously  referred  to  as  Education  Services  OPM,  and 
Talent Development Services, previously referred to as mthree. The graphs below present revenue by product type for the years ended 
April 30, 2022, and 2021: 

University Services 

Our Education Services segment engages in the comprehensive management of online degree programs for universities and has grown 
to  include  a  broad  array  of  technology-enabled  service  offerings  that  address  our  partner  specific  pain  points.  Increasingly,  this 
includes delivering full stack career credentialing education that advances specific careers with in-demand skills. 

Index 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As student demand for online degree and certificate programs continues to increase, traditional institutions are partnering with OPM 
providers  to  develop  and  support  these  programs. University  Services  includes  market  research,  marketing,  student  recruitment, 
enrollment  support,  proactive  retention  support,  academic  services  to  design  courses,  faculty  support,  and  access  to  the  Engage 
Learning  Management  System,  which  facilitates  the  online  education  experience.  Graduate  degree  programs  include  Business 
Administration, Finance, Accounting, Healthcare, Engineering, Communications, and others. Revenue is derived from prenegotiated 
contracts with institutions that provide for a share of tuition generated from students who enroll in a program. As of April  30, 2022, 
the  University  Services  business  had  68  university  partners  under  contract.  We  are  also  extending  the  core  OPM  business  and 
delivering a broader array of essential university and career credentialing services that the market is demanding and that leverage our 
core Wiley skills and assets. This full stack education includes teacher professional development and IT skills training, through which 
we develop and deliver professional credits and job placement through our corporate partners.  In addition, Education Services OPM 
derives revenue from unbundled service offerings. 

Talent Development Services 

On January 1, 2020, Wiley acquired mthree, a rapidly growing talent placement provider that addresses the IT skills gap by finding, 
training, and placing job-ready technology talent in roles with leading corporations worldwide. In late May 2022, Wiley renamed the 
mthree talent development solution to Wiley Edge. Talent Development Services sources, trains, and prepares aspiring students and 
professionals to meet the skill needs of today’s technology careers, and then places them  with some of the world’s largest financial 
institutions, technology companies, and government agencies. Talent Development Services also works with its clients to retrain and 
retain existing employees so they can continue to meet the changing demands of today’s technology landscape.  In fiscal year 2022, 
Wiley Edge grew by more than 70%, signed 19 new corporate clients, expanded into new industry verticals beyond financial services, 
such as technology and consumer goods, and signed an upskill program for a Fortune 100 company involving hundreds of employees.  

Human Capital 

As  of  April  30,  2022,  we  employed  approximately  9,500  persons  (including  1,800  Wiley  Edge)  on  a  full-time  equivalent  basis 
worldwide. 

At Wiley, our people are one of our most significant assets and investments toward achieving our mission to unlock human potential. 
The successful acceleration of our strategies and the delivery of innovative impact in research and education depend on our ability to 
attract,  develop,  reward  and  retain  a  diverse  population  of  talented,  qualified  and  highly  skilled  colleagues.  Our  human  capital 
management  framework  includes  programs,  policies  and  initiatives  that  promote  diversity,  equity  and  inclusion;  talent  acquisition; 
ongoing employee learning and development; competitive compensation and benefits; safety and health; and emphasis on employee 
satisfaction  and  engagement.  Wiley’s  Board  of  Directors,  through  its  Executive  Compensation  and  Development  Committee,  has 
oversight for human capital management. 

Our human capital metrics summary (excluding Wiley Edge) as of April 30, 2022: 

CATEGORY 
EMPLOYEES 

  By Region 

DIVERSITY AND INCLUSION 

  Global Gender Representation 

  US Person of Color (POC) 

Representation* 

METRIC 
Americas 
APAC 
EMEA 
% Female Colleagues 
% Female Senior Leaders  
(Vice President and Above) 
% POC 

% POC Senior Leaders 
(Vice President and Above) 

47% 
19% 
34% 
56% 

42% 
26% 

19% 

*  US  POC  includes  employees  who  self-identify  as  Hispanic  or  Latino,  Black  or  African  American,  Asian,  American  Indian  or 
Alaskan Native, Native Hawaiian or other Pacific Islander, or two or more races. 

Index 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Health, Safety & Well-Being 

Safeguarding  and  promoting  colleague  well-being  is  central  to  what  we  do,  as  it  is  critically  important  we  provide  the  tools  and 
resources they need to be healthy and at their best. We support our colleagues in maintaining their physical, emotional,  social, and 
financial well-being through working practices, education and benefit programs. 

This  became  even  more critical  at  the  onset  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  when  we  acted  quickly  and  with  purpose  to  protect  and 
support our colleagues. Below are actions Wiley has taken throughout the ongoing pandemic: 

•  Continued to drive Business Continuity Plans: 

•  Ensured infrastructure was in place to successfully serve customers with most colleagues working remotely 
•  Our cross-functional global crisis management team continued to monitor events, reviewed the latest guidance, updated 

Company protocols as needed, and kept up to date on issues facing our colleagues around the globe 
Provided timely information and communication to colleagues, educational materials, and additional support resources 

• 

• 

Protected the health, safety and well-being of our colleagues and expanded our support over the past year which included: 

• 

• 

Pay continuation for COVID-19 related absences, whether due to personal sickness, sick family member or  dependent-
care issues 
Increased healthcare coverage to ensure coverage for COVID-19 and direct additional resources locally for other well-
being needs (e.g., oxygen concentrators in India during peak of COVID-19) 

•  Expanded and enhanced Employee Assistance Program 
•  Expanded family care benefits in our larger markets to continue to support our colleagues both at work and at home 
•  A  digital  well-being  approach  to  meet  colleague  needs,  providing  on-demand  resources,  including  a  subscription  to  a 

mindfulness, meditation and sleep app at no cost to colleagues 

•  Developed and implemented flexible work policy and support model for colleagues at home and for those returning to the office: 

•  Continued  to  provide  work-from-home  support,  including  home  office  allowance,  additional  technology  supplies, 

training and resources to ensure most effective remote team management 

•  Re-opened  offices  on  a  voluntary  basis  with  office  procedures  to  safely  welcome  colleagues  back  to  the  office,  with 
social  distancing,  vaccination  verification  and/or  testing  protocols,  provided  personal  protective  equipment  (PPE), 
frequent cleaning services and alternated work schedules to maintain safety protocols 

Diversity, Equity & Inclusion (DEI) 

With  the  hiring  of  our  Vice President,  Diversity,  Equity  and  Inclusion,  and  Director,  DEI  Strategy,  we  are  operationalizing  critical 
priorities  within  three  DEI  activators—Inclusive  Community,  Enhancing  our  Foundation,  and  Understanding  our  People.  These 
activators  reflect  our  DEI  near-term  priorities  to  propel  a  sustainable,  inclusive  organization  that  embodies  diversity,  and  equity 
throughout our policies, programs and processes, and fosters an inclusive culture where people feel like they can be themselves. 

Our  Employee  Resource  Groups  help  drive  our  DEI  priorities  through  learning  opportunities  and  Wiley  community  events.  As  a 
member  of  the  CEO  Action  for  Diversity  and  Inclusion,  Wiley  demonstrates  its  commitment  to  sustained,  concrete  actions  that 
advance diversity and inclusive thinking, behavior, and business practices in the workplace. We also proudly received a 100% score 
from the Human Rights Foundation for LGBTQ workplace equality. 

Culture, Engagement & Learning 

Investment in colleague development and growth for current and future roles is central to our culture. Wiley provides development 
programs,  skill  development  courses  and  self-paced  multi-language  resources  to  help  provide  ongoing  learning  offerings  for  our 
people. Leveraging Wiley’s CrossKnowledge platform, we offer interactive development programs which allow colleagues to share 
lessons  learned,  best  practices  and  have  interactive  opportunities  with  their  peers.  We  also  focus  on  higher-ed  programs  and 
certifications  with  our  Wiley  Beyond  platform,  which  offers  access  to  university  programs  as  well  as  technical  and  industry-
recognized certification programs. 

We conduct our Talent Review annually, focusing on high performing and high potential talent, diversity, and succession for our most 
critical roles. We are committed to identifying, growing, and retaining top talent and ensuring we have the right skills for the future. 
We  establish  key  development  action  planning  opportunities  for  each  colleague  to  build  bench  strength  and  review  development 
progress and mobility regularly. 

Our culture differentiates us as an organization and our core values define how we work together. We ask colleagues to embody our 
three  values—Learning  Champion,  Needle  Mover,  and  Courageous  Teammate.  These  values  define  who  we  are  as  a  company  and 
what we stand for.  

Index 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Our Environmental Responsibility 

We strive to make good choices for the environment, our customers and our business. To further our commitment, this year we hired a 
VP of Environmental, Social, Governance and Corporate Impact to drive forward our sustainability efforts. We believe environmental 
responsibility and business objectives are fundamentally connected and essential to our operations. This is why we are acting now to 
limit our impact on the environment—measuring our carbon emissions and advancing sustainability initiatives.  Our commitment is 
also evidenced by our signing onto the Publishing Declares Climate Action pledge.  

In  each  of  our  fiscal  years  beginning  in  fiscal  year  2020,  we  have  conducted  a  comprehensive  independent  third-party  GHG 
assessment  for  our  Global  Operations.  For  fiscal  year  2022,  we  are  a  CarbonNeutral®  certified  company  across  our  Global 
Operations,  in  accordance  with  the  CarbonNeutral  Protocol.  Our  locations  use  100%  renewable  energy  through  green  tariffs  and 
energy  attribute  certificates  (EACs).  Most  of  our  global  office  real  estate  is  leased  and,  whenever  possible,  we  work  with  property 
owners to optimize sustainability.  

We also work with publishing partners, where possible, to reduce print production and consumption, reduce excess inventory through 
print-on-demand and encourage digital consumption of our products.  

We  updated  our  Paper  Selection  and  Use  Policy  which  supports  high  environmental  standards.  In  July  2021,  we  completed  our 
inaugural Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) Forests disclosure and plan to expand our disclosures in the coming years. 

In a program entitled Go Green, we partnered with Trees for the Future to plant a tree for every copy of a journal we actively stop 
printing, up to one million trees. To date, over 230,000 trees have been planted as a result. 

We are always seeking opportunities to improve environmental performance. We comply with environmental laws and regulations, 
thoughtfully investing resources toward managing environmental affairs and raising awareness of global environmental issues through 
education and research. 

Financial Information About Business Segments 

The  information  set  forth  in  Part  II,  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data”  in  Note  3,  “Revenue  Recognition, 
Contracts  with  Customers,”  and  Note  20,  “Segment  Information,”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  Item  7, 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are 
incorporated herein by reference. 

Available Information 

Our Internet address is www.wiley.com. We make available, free of charge, on or through our investors.wiley.com website, our Annual 
Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports that we file 
or furnish pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably 
practicable after we electronically file these materials with, or furnish them to, the SEC. The information contained on, or  that may be 
accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into, and is not a part of, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Index 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1A. Risk Factors 

Introduction 

The risks described below should be carefully considered before making an investment decision. You should carefully consider all the 
information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the following risk factors, before deciding to invest in any of our 
securities. This Annual Report on Form 10-K also contains, or may incorporate by reference, forward-looking statements that involve 
risks  and  uncertainties.  See  the  “Cautionary  Notice  Regarding  Forward-Looking  Statements,”  immediately  preceding  Part  I  of  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks below are not the only risk factors we face. Additional risks not currently known to us or that 
we  presently  deem  insignificant  could  impact  our  consolidated  financial  position  and  results  of  operations.  Our  businesses, 
consolidated financial position, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price 
of our securities could decline due to any of these risks, and investors may lose all or part of their investment. 

Strategic Risks 

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic may continue to impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition. 

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, as well as continuing measures undertaken to contain the spread of COVID-19, could continue to 
cause disruptions and have a significant impact on our business, including, but not limited to: 

•  Declines in print book sales due to closings of retail bookstores; 
•  Declines in businesses that rely on in-person engagement, primarily test prep and corporate training; 
•  Delays  in  signing  annual  journal  subscription  agreements  in  certain  parts  of  Europe  and  Asia  due  to  challenges  of  remote 

selling and university disruption; 

•  Declines in subscription revenue due to continued library and academic budget challenges; 
•  Delays  in  customer  payments  due  to  widespread  disruption  and  pervasive  cash  conservation  behaviors  in  the  face  of 

uncertainty; 

•  Lower  demand  for  early  career  technology  talent  due  to  client  constraints,  including  the  continuing  closure  of  corporate 

offices, staffing uncertainty, internal contractor hiring restrictions, and financial constraints. 

The outbreak also continues to present challenges as the majority of our workforce is continuing to work remotely and continuing to 
assist new and existing customers who are also generally working remotely.  

The COVID-19 pandemic may have the effect of heightening other risks identified in this section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2022,  such  as  those  related  to  technology  disruption  and  the  adoption  by  colleges  and  universities  of 
online delivery of their educational offerings. Despite our efforts to manage these risks, it is not possible for us to predict the duration 
or magnitude of the adverse impacts of the outbreak and its effects on our business, results of operations, or financial condition at this 
time,  but  such  effects  may  be  material.  The  extent  to  which  our  business,  results  of  operations,  and  financial  condition  may  be 
impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic in the future will depend largely on continued developments, which are highly uncertain and 
cannot  be  accurately  predicted,  including  new  information  which  may  emerge  concerning  the  severity  of  the  outbreak,  including 
variants  of  the  virus,  and  actions  taken  by  government  authorities  to  contain  the  outbreak  or  treat  its  impact,  including  the 
effectiveness and distribution of vaccines. 

We may not be able to realize the expected benefits of our growth strategies, which are described in Item 1. Business, including 
successfully integrating acquisitions, which could adversely impact our consolidated financial position and results of operations.  

Our growth strategy includes business acquisitions, including knowledge-enabled services, which complement our existing businesses. 
Acquisitions may have a substantial impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. Acquisitions involve risks 
and  uncertainties,  including  difficulties  in  integrating  acquired  operations  and  in  realizing  expected  opportunities,  cost  synergies, 
diversions  of  management  resources,  loss  of  key  employees,  challenges  with  respect  to  operating  new  businesses,  and  other 
uncertainties. 

Index 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The demand for digital and lower cost books could impact our sales volumes and pricing in an adverse way.  

A  common  trend  facing  each  of  our  businesses  is  the  digitization  of  content  and  proliferation  of  distribution  channels  through  the 
Internet and other electronic means, which are replacing traditional print formats.  This trend towards digital content has also created 
contraction in the print book retail market which increases the risk of bankruptcy for certain retail customers, potentially leading to the 
disruption  of  short-term  product  supply  to  consumers,  as  well  as  potential  bad  debt  write-offs. New  distribution  channels,  such  as 
digital  formats,  the  Internet,  online  retailers,  and  growing  delivery  platforms  (e.g.,  tablets  and  e-readers),  combined  with  the 
concentration of retailer power, present both risks and opportunities to our traditional publishing models, potentially impacting both 
sales volumes and pricing. 

As  the  market  has  shifted  to  digital  products,  customer  expectations  for  lower-priced  products  have  increased  due  to  customer 
awareness of reductions in production costs and the availability of free or low-cost digital content and products. As a result, there has 
been  pressure  to  sell  digital  versions  of  products  at  prices  below  their  print  versions. Increased  customer  demand  for  lower  prices 
could reduce our revenue. 

We publish educational content for undergraduate, graduate, and advanced placement students, lifelong learners, and, in Australia, for 
secondary school students. Due  to growing student demand for less expensive textbooks, many college bookstores, online retailers, 
and other entities, offer used or rental textbooks to students at lower prices than new textbooks. The Internet has made the  used and 
rental textbook markets more efficient and has significantly increased student access to used and rental textbooks. Further expansion 
of  the  used  and  rental  textbook  markets  could  further  adversely  affect  our  sales  of  print  textbooks,  subsequently  affecting  our 
consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

A reduction in enrollment at colleges and universities could adversely affect the demand for our higher education products.   

Enrollment in US colleges and universities can be adversely affected by many factors, including changes in government and private 
student loan and grant programs, uncertainty about current and future economic conditions, increases in tuition, general decreases in 
family income and net worth, and record low unemployment due to an active job market. In addition, enrollment levels at colleges and 
universities outside the US are influenced by global and local economic factors, local political conditions, and other factors that make 
predicting foreign enrollment levels difficult. Reductions in expected levels of enrollment at colleges and universities both within and 
outside  the  US  could  adversely  affect  demand  for  our  higher  education  offerings,  which  could  adversely  impact  our  consolidated 
financial position and results of operations. 

If we are unable to retain key employees and other personnel, our consolidated financial condition or results of operations may be 
adversely affected. 

The Company and industry are highly dependent on the loyal engagement of key management leaders and professional staff. Loss of 
staff due to inadequate skills and career path  development or maintaining competitive salaries and benefits could have a significant 
impact on Company performance. 

We are highly dependent on the continued services of key employees who have in-depth market and business knowledge and/or key 
relationships with business partners. The loss of the services of key personnel for any reason and our inability to replace them with 
suitable candidates quickly or at all, as well as any negative market perception resulting from such loss, could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, consolidated financial position, and results of operations. 

We have a significant investment in our employees around the world. We offer competitive salaries and benefits in order to attract and 
retain the highly skilled workforce needed to sustain and develop new products and services required for growth. Employment costs 
are affected by competitive market conditions for qualified individuals and factors such as healthcare and retirement benefit costs. 

The competitive pressures we face in our business, as well as our ability to retain our business relationships with our authors and 
professional societies, could adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations.  

The contribution of authors and their professional societies is one of the more important elements of the highly competitive publishing 
business. Success and continued growth depend greatly on developing new products and the means to deliver them in an environment 
of rapid technological change. Attracting new authors and professional societies while retaining our existing business relationships is 
critical to our success. If we are unable to retain our existing business relationships with authors and professional societies, this could 
have an adverse impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

Index 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Information Technology Systems and Cybersecurity Risks 

Our  company  is  highly  dependent  on  information  technology  systems  and  their  business  management  and  customer-facing 
capabilities critical for the long-term competitive sustainability of the business. These capabilities include business planning and 
transaction  information,  product  development  and  delivery,  marketing  and  sales  information  and  management,  and  system 
security. 

We  must  continue  to  invest  in  technology  and  other  innovations  to  adapt  and  add  value  to  our  products  and  services  to  remain 
competitive. This is particularly true in the current environment, where investment in new technology is ongoing and there are rapid 
changes in the products competitors are offering, the products our customers are seeking, and our sales and distribution channels. In 
some cases,  investments will  take  the  form of internal development; in others, they may take the form of an acquisition. There are 
uncertainties whenever developing or acquiring new products and services, and it is often possible that such new products and services 
may  not  be  launched,  or,  if  launched,  may  not  be  profitable  or  as  profitable  as  existing  products  and  services.  If  we  are  unable  to 
introduce new technologies, products, and services, our ability to be profitable may be adversely affected. 

We may be susceptible to information technology risks that may adversely impact our business, consolidated financial position and 
results of operations. 

Information technology is a key part of our business strategy and operations. As a business strategy, Wiley’s technology enables us to 
provide  customers  with  new  and  enhanced  products  and  services  and  is  critical  to  our  success  in  migrating  from  print  to  digital 
business  models.  Information  technology  is  also  a  fundamental  component  of  all  our  business  processes,  collecting  and  reporting 
business data, and communicating internally and externally with customers, suppliers, employees, and others. We face technological 
risks  associated  with  digital  products  and  service  delivery  in  our  businesses,  including  with  respect  to  information  technology 
capability, reliability, security, enterprise resource planning, system implementations, and upgrades. Across our businesses, we hold 
personal  data,  including  that  of  employees  and  customers.  Failures  of  our  information  technology  systems  and  products  (including 
operational  failure,  natural  disaster,  computer  virus,  or  cyberattacks)  could  interrupt  the  availability  of  our  digital  products  and 
services, result in corruption or loss of data or breach in security, and result in liability or reputational damage to our brands and/or 
adversely impact our consolidated financial position and results of operations.  

Management has designed and implemented policies, processes, and controls to mitigate risks of information technology failure and to 
provide security from unauthorized access to our systems. In addition, we have disaster recovery plans in place to maintain business 
continuity  for  our  key  financial  systems. While  key  financial  systems  have  backup  and  tested  disaster  recovery  systems,  other 
applications and services have limited backup and recovery procedures which may delay or prevent recovery in case of disaster. The 
size and complexity of our information technology and information security systems, and those of our third-party vendors with whom 
we  contract,  make  such  systems  potentially  vulnerable  to  cyberattacks  common  to  most  industries  from  inadvertent  or  intentional 
actions by employees, vendors, or malicious third parties. While we have taken steps to address these risks, there can be no  assurance 
that a system failure, disruption, or data security breach would not adversely affect our business and could have an adverse impact on 
our consolidated financial position and results of operations.  

We are continually improving and upgrading our computer systems and software. We have implemented a global Enterprise Resource 
Planning (ERP) system as part of a multiyear plan to integrate and upgrade our operational and financial systems and processes. We 
have also implemented record-to-report, purchase-to-pay, and several other business processes within all locations. We implemented 
order-to-cash for certain businesses and have continued to roll out additional processes and functionality of the ERP system in phases. 
Implementation  of  an  ERP  system  involves  risks  and  uncertainties.  Any  disruptions,  delays,  or  deficiencies  in  the  design  or 
implementation of a new system could result in increased costs, disruptions in operations, or delays in the collection of cash from our 
customers,  as  well  as  having  an  adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  timely  report  our  financial  results,  all  of  which  could  materially 
adversely affect our business, consolidated financial position, and results of operations.  We currently use out of support systems for 
order management for certain businesses. While we have contingency support available, any major  disruptions, while unlikely, may 
require longer remediation time. This could impact our ability to process and fulfill orders for those businesses. We currently use a 
legacy platform with limited support for order management of the global Academic & Professional Learning business. Any defects 
and disruptions in the legacy systems which cannot be addressed in a timely manner could impact our ability to process orders  and 
reconcile financial statements.  

Index 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Cyber risk and the failure to maintain the integrity of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties 
with which we do business, could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial condition, and results of 
operations. 

The  cybersecurity  risks  we  face  range  from  cyberattacks  common  to  most  industries,  such  as  the  development  and  deployment  of 
malicious software to gain access to our networks and attempt to steal confidential information, launch distributed denial of service 
attacks,  or  attempt  other  coordinated  disruptions,  to  more  advanced  threats  that  target  us  because  of  our  prominence  in  the  global 
research and advisory field. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, most of our employees are working remotely, which magnifies 
the importance of the integrity of our remote access security measures.  

Like many multinational corporations, we, and some third parties upon which we rely, have experienced cyberattacks on our computer 
systems and networks in the past and may experience them in the future, likely with more frequency and sophistication and involving 
a  broader  range  of  devices  and  modes  of  attack,  all  of  which  will  increase  the  difficulty  of  detecting  and  successfully  defending 
against them. To date, none have resulted in any material adverse impact to our business, operations, products, services, or customers. 
Wiley  has  invested  heavily  in  Cybersecurity  tools  and  resources  to  keep  our  systems  safe.  We  have  implemented  various  security 
controls to meet our security obligations, while also defending against constantly evolving security threats. Our security controls help 
intranet,  proprietary  websites,  email  and  other 
to  secure  our 
telecommunications and data networks, and we scrutinize the security of outsourced website and service providers prior to retaining 
their services. However, the security measures implemented by us or by our outside service providers may not be effective, and our 
systems  (and  those  of  our  outside  service  providers)  may  be  vulnerable  to  theft,  loss,  damage  and  interruption  from  a  number  of 
potential sources and events, including unauthorized access or security breaches, cyber-attacks, computer viruses, power loss, or other 
disruptive events.   

including  our  computer  systems, 

information  systems, 

The security compliance landscape continues to evolve, requiring us to stay apprised of changes in cybersecurity and privacy laws, 
regulations, and security standards required by our clients, such as the European Union General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), 
the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), the Brazilian General Data Protection Law (LGPD), the Chinese Cybersecurity, Data 
Security and Personal Information Protection laws (and other new and proposed data protection laws), International Organization for 
Standardization (ISO), and National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). Recent well-publicized security breaches at other 
companies  have  led  to  enhanced  government  and  regulatory  scrutiny  of  the  measures  taken  by  companies  to  protect  against 
cyberattacks and may in the future result in heightened cybersecurity requirements, including additional regulatory expectations for 
oversight of vendors and service providers.  

A cyberattack could cause delays in initiating or completing sales, impede delivery of our products and services to our clients, disrupt 
other  critical  client-facing  or  business  processes,  or  dislocate  our  critical  internal  functions.  Additionally,  any  material  breaches  or 
other technology-related catastrophe, or media reports of perceived security vulnerabilities to our systems or those of our third parties, 
even if no breach has been attempted or has occurred, could cause us to experience reputational harm, loss of customers and revenue, 
fines, regulatory actions and scrutiny, sanctions or other statutory penalties, litigation, liability for failure to safeguard our customers 
information, or financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us.   

Operational Risks 

We  may  not  realize  the  anticipated  cost  savings  and  benefits  from,  or  our  business  may  be  disrupted  by,  our  business 
transformation and restructuring efforts. 

We continue to transform our business from a traditional publishing model to a global provider of  content-enabled solutions with a 
focus on digital products and services. We have made several acquisitions over the past few years that represent examples of strategic 
initiatives that were implemented as part of our business transformation. We will continue to explore opportunities to develop new 
business models and enhance the efficiency of our organizational structure. The rapid pace and scope of change increases the  risk that 
not  all  our  strategic  initiatives  will  deliver  the  expected  benefits  within  the  anticipated  timeframes.  In  addition,  these  efforts  may 
disrupt our business activities, which could adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

Index 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We continue to restructure and realign our cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. Significant risks associated 
with these actions that may impair our ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings or that may disrupt our business, include delays 
in  the  implementation  of  anticipated  workforce  reductions  in  highly  regulated  locations  outside  of  the  US,  decreases  in  employee 
morale,  the  failure  to  meet  operational  targets  due  to  the  loss  of  key  employees,  and  disruptions  of  third parties  to whom  we  have 
outsourced business  functions.  In  addition,  our  ability  to  achieve  the  anticipated  cost  savings  and other  benefits  from  these  actions 
within  the  expected  timeframe  is  subject  to  many  estimates  and  assumptions.  These  estimates  and  assumptions  are  subject  to 
significant economic, competitive, and other uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. If these estimates and assumptions 
are incorrect, if we experience delays, or if other unforeseen events occur, our business and consolidated financial position and results 
of operations could be adversely affected. 

We  may  not  realize  the  anticipated  cost  savings  and  processing  efficiencies  associated  with  the  outsourcing  of  certain  business 
processes. 

We  have  outsourced  certain  business  functions,  principally  in  technology,  content  management,  printing,  warehousing,  fulfillment, 
distribution, returns processing, and certain other transactional processing functions, to third-party service providers to achieve cost 
savings  and  efficiencies.  If  these  third-party  service  providers  do  not  perform  effectively,  we  may  not  be  able  to  achieve  the 
anticipated cost savings, and depending on the function involved, we may experience business disruption or processing inefficiencies, 
all with potential adverse effects on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

Challenges  and  uncertainties  associated  with  operating  in  developing  markets  has  a  higher  risk  due  to  political  instability, 
economic  volatility,  crime,  terrorism,  corruption,  social  and  ethnic  unrest,  and  other  factors,  which  may  adversely  impact  our 
consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

We  sell  our  products  to  customers  in  certain  sanctioned  and  previously  sanctioned  developing  markets  in  accordance  with  such 
restrictions.  While  sales  in  these  markets  are  not  material  to  our  consolidated  financial  position  and  results  of  operations,  adverse 
developments related to the risks associated with these markets may cause actual results to differ from historical and forecasted future 
consolidated operating results. 

We have certain technology development operations in Russia and Sri Lanka related to software development and architecture, digital 
content production, and system testing services. Due to the political instability within these regions, there is the potential for future 
government embargos and sanctions, which could disrupt our operations in these areas. While we have developed business continuity 
plans to address these issues, further adverse developments in the region could have a material impact on our consolidated financial 
position and results of operations. 

In February 2022, the Russian Federation and Belarus commenced a military action with Ukraine. As a result, the United States, as 
well as other nations, instituted economic sanctions against Russia and Belarus. The impact of this action and related sanctions on the 
world economy is not determinable as of the date of these financial statements. 

We have exercised contingency plans in Russia to minimize any disruption if we were to lose access to our staff. If that should occur, 
we believe it will not materially impact our overall operations. As of April 30, 2022, the net assets of our Russian operations were not 
material to our overall consolidated financial position. We have customers in Russia, primarily for our Research offerings, which are 
not  material  to  our  overall  consolidated  results  of  operations. We  do  not  have  operations  in  Ukraine  or  Belarus,  and  the  business 
conducted in those countries is also not material to our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

In our Research Publishing & Platforms segment, approximately 28% of research journal articles are sourced from authors in China. 
Any restrictions on exporting intellectual property could adversely affect our business and consolidated financial position and results 
of operations. 

In our journal publishing business, we have a trade concentration and credit risk related to subscription agents, and in our  book 
business  the  industry  has  a  concentration  of  customers  in  national,  regional,  and  online  bookstore  chains.  Changes  in  the 
financial  position  and  liquidity  of  our  subscription  agents  and  customers  could  adversely  impact  our  consolidated  financial 
position and results of operations.   

In the journal publishing business, subscriptions are primarily sourced through journal subscription agents who, acting as agents for 
library customers, facilitate ordering by consolidating the subscription orders/billings of each subscriber with various publishers. Cash 
is generally collected in advance from subscribers by the subscription agents and is principally remitted to us between the months of 
December  and  April.  Although  at  fiscal  year-end  we  had  minimal  credit  risk  exposure  to  these  agents,  future  calendar  year 
subscription receipts from these agents are highly dependent on their financial condition and liquidity.  

Index 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subscription  agents  account  for  approximately  15%  of  total  annual  consolidated  revenue  and  no  one  agent  accounts  for  more  than 
10% of total annual consolidated revenue. 

Our book business is not dependent upon a  single customer; however, the industry is concentrated in national, regional, and online 
bookstore  chains.  Although  no  book  customer  accounts  for  more  than  8%  of  total  consolidated  revenue  and  10%  of  accounts 
receivable  at  April  30,  2022,  the  top  10  book  customers  account  for  approximately  12%  of  total  consolidated  revenue  and 
approximately 18% of accounts receivable at April 30, 2022. 

Financial Risks 

Changes in global economic conditions could impact our ability to borrow funds and meet our future financing needs. 

Changes in global financial markets have not had, nor do we anticipate they will have, a significant impact on our liquidity. Due to our 
significant  operating  cash  flow,  financial  assets,  access  to  capital  markets,  and  available  lines  of  credit  and  revolving  credit 
agreements,  we  continue  to  believe  that  we  have  the  ability  to  meet  our  financing  needs  for  the  foreseeable  future.  As  market 
conditions change, we  will continue  to monitor our liquidity position. However, there can be no assurance that our liquidity  or our 
consolidated financial position and results of operations will not be adversely affected by possible future changes in global financial 
markets and global economic conditions. Unprecedented market conditions including illiquid credit markets, volatile equity markets, 
dramatic fluctuations in foreign currency rates, and economic recession, could affect future results. 

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange  rates and interest rates could materially impact our consolidated financial condition 
and results of operations. 

Non-US revenues, as well as our substantial non-US net assets, expose our consolidated results to volatility from changes in foreign 
currency  exchange  rates.  The  percentage  of  consolidated  revenue  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2022  recognized  in  the  following 
currencies  (on  an  equivalent US  dollar  basis)  were  approximately:  56%  US  dollar,  25%  British  pound  sterling,  10%  euro,  and  9% 
other currencies. In addition, our interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subject to risk from changes in interest rates. These risks 
and the  measures we  have taken to help mitigate  them are discussed in Part II, Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures 
about Market Risk,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We may, from time to time, use derivative instruments to hedge such risks. 
Notwithstanding our efforts to foresee and mitigate the effects of changes in external market or fiscal circumstances, we cannot predict 
with certainty changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, inflation, or other related factors affecting our business, 
consolidated financial position, and results of operations. 

We may not be able to mitigate the impact of inflation and cost increases, which could have an adverse impact on our consolidated 
financial position and results of operations. 

From  time  to  time,  we  experience  cost  increases  reflecting,  in  part,  general  inflationary  factors.  There  is  no  guarantee  that  we  can 
increase  selling  prices  or  reduce  costs  to  fully  mitigate  the  effect  of  inflation  on  our  costs,  which  may  adversely  impact  our 
consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

As a result of acquisitions, we have and may record a significant amount of goodwill and other identifiable  intangible assets and 
we may never realize the full carrying value of these assets. 

As a result of acquisitions, we recorded a significant amount of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets. At April  30, 2022, 
we had $1,302.1 million of goodwill and $931.4 million of intangible assets, of which $118.3 million are indefinite-lived intangible 
assets, on our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The intangible assets are principally composed of content and publishing 
rights, customer relationships, brands and trademarks, and developed technology. Failure to achieve business objectives and financial 
projections  could  result  in  an  asset  impairment,  which  would  result  in  a  noncash  charge  to  our  consolidated  results  of  operations. 
Goodwill  and  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  are  tested  for  impairment  on  an  annual  basis  and  when  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. Intangible assets with definite lives, which were $813.1 million at April 
30,  2022, are tested for impairment only when events or changes in circumstances indicate  that an impairment may have occurred. 
Determining  whether  an  impairment  exists  can  be  difficult  as  a  result  of  increased  uncertainty  and  current  market  dynamics  and 
requires  management  to  make  significant  estimates  and  judgments.  A  noncash  intangible  asset  impairment  charge  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. See Note 11, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” 
for  further  information  related  to  goodwill  and  intangible  assets,  and  the  impairment  charges  recorded  in  the  year  ended  April  30, 
2020. 

Index 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes  in  pension  costs  and  related  funding  requirements  may  impact  our  consolidated  financial  position  and  results  of 
operations. 

We provide defined benefit pension plans for certain employees worldwide. Our Board of Directors approved amendments to the US, 
Canada, and UK defined benefit plans that froze the future accumulation of benefits effective June 30, 2013, December 31, 2015, and 
April  30,  2015,  respectively.  The  funding  requirements  and  costs  of  these  plans  are  dependent  upon  various  factors,  including  the 
actual  return  on  plan  assets,  discount  rates,  plan  participant  population  demographics,  and  changes  in  global  pension  regulations. 
Changes in these factors affect our plan funding, consolidated financial position, and results of operations. 

Legal, Regulatory, and Compliance Risks 

The  uncertainty  surrounding  the  implementation  and  effect  of  Brexit  may  cause  increased  economic  volatility,  affecting  our 
operations and business. 

On  January  31,  2020,  the  UK  exited  the  European  Union  (EU),  an  action  referred  to  as  Brexit.  This  was  followed  by  an 
implementation period, during which EU law continued to apply in the UK and the UK maintained its EU single market access rights 
and  EU  customs  union  membership.  The  implementation  period  expired  December  31,  2020.  Consequently,  the  UK  has  become  a 
third country vis-à-vis the EU, without access to the single market or membership of the EU customs union. 

The UK and the EU have signed an EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement, or TCA, which was formally approved by Parliament 
on  April  28,  2021.  This  agreement  provides  details  on  how  some  aspects  of  the  UK’s  and  EU’s  relationship  will  operate  going 
forward; however, there are still many uncertainties, and how the TCA will take effect in practice is still largely unknown. This lack of 
clarity on future UK laws and regulations and their interaction with the EU laws and regulations may negatively impact foreign direct 
investment in the UK, increase costs, depress economic activity, and restrict access to capital. 

The uncertainty concerning the UK’s legal, political, and economic relationship with the EU after Brexit may be a source of instability 
in the international markets, create significant currency fluctuations, and/or otherwise adversely affect trading agreements or similar 
cross-border cooperation arrangements (whether economic, tax, fiscal, legal, regulatory, or otherwise) beyond the date of Brexit. 

Additional Brexit-related impacts on our business could include potential inventory shortages in the UK, increased regulatory burdens 
and costs to comply with UK-specific regulations, and higher transportation costs for our products coming into and out of the UK. 
Any of these effects, among others, could materially and adversely affect our business and consolidated financial position and results 
of operations. 

Changes  in  laws,  tariffs,  and  regulations,  including  regulations  related  to open  access,  could adversely  impact  our  consolidated 
financial position and results of operations. 

We  maintain  operations  in  Asia,  Australia,  Canada,  Europe,  South  America,  the  Middle  East,  and  the  US.  The  conduct  of  our 
business, including the sourcing of content, distribution, sales, marketing, and advertising, is subject to various laws and regulations 
administered by governments around the world. Changes in laws, regulations, or government policies, including tax regulations and 
accounting standards, may adversely affect our future consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

The scientific research publishing industry generates much of its revenue from paid customer subscriptions to online and print journal 
content.  There  is  debate  within  government,  academic,  and  library  communities  whether  such  journal  content  should  be  made 
available  for  free  immediately  or  following  a  period  of  embargo  after  publication,  referred  to  as  open  access.  For  instance,  certain 
governments  and  privately  held  funding  bodies  have  implemented  mandates  that  require  journal  articles  derived from  government-
funded  research  to be  made  available  to  the  public  at  no  cost  after  an  embargo  period. Open  access  can  be  achieved  in  two  ways: 
Green,  which  enables  authors  to  publish  articles  in  subscription-based  journals  and  self–archive  the  author  accepted  version  of  the 
article for free public use after an embargo period; and Gold, which enables authors to publish their articles in journals that provide 
immediate free access to the final version of the article on the publisher’s website, and elsewhere under permissive licensing terms, 
following  payment  of  an  APC.  These  mandates  have  the  potential  to  put  pressure  on  subscription-based  publications.  If  such 
regulations are widely implemented, our consolidated financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.  

Index 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To  date,  the  majority  of  governments  that  have  taken  a  position  on  open  access  have  favored  the  Green  model  and  have  generally 
specified embargo periods of twelve months. The publishing community generally takes the view that this period should be sufficient 
to protect subscription revenues, provided that publishers’ platforms offer sufficient added value to the article. Governments in Europe 
have been more supportive of the Gold model, which thus far is generating incremental revenue for publishers with active open access 
programs.  Several  European  administrations  have  signed  on  to  the  business  model  which  combines  the  purchasing  of  subscription 
content with the purchase of open access publishing for authors in their respective countries. This development removes an element of 
risk by fixing revenues from that market, provided that the terms, price, and rate of transition negotiated are acceptable. 

Changes in tax laws could have a material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

We  are  subject  to  tax  laws  in  the  jurisdictions  where  we  conduct  business,  including  the  US  and  many  foreign  jurisdictions.  In 
addition to tax law changes in the US, changes in tax laws and interpretations in other jurisdictions where we do business, such as the 
UK  and  Germany,  as  well  as  changes  proposed  by  the  Organization  for  Economic  Co-operation  and  Development  (OECD)  and 
adopted by OECD member countries, could significantly impact the taxation of our earnings. For example, on June 10, 2021, the UK 
increased its corporate tax rate from 19% to 25% effective April 2023, resulting in a $21.4 million noncash deferred tax expense from 
the re-measurement of our applicable UK net deferred tax liabilities. See Note 13, “Income Taxes.” During our year ended April 30, 
2022,  more  than  half  of  our consolidated pretax  income  was  from  the  UK. In  addition,  there  are  proposals  to  increase  the  rate  and 
otherwise change US tax laws which could significantly increase our tax rate. We are also subject to potential taxes and regulations in 
jurisdictions  where  we  have  sales  even  though  we  do  not  have  a  physical  presence.  These  taxes  and  potential  taxes  could  have  a 
material  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial  position  and  results  of  operations  as  substantially  all  our  taxable  income  is  earned 
outside the US. In addition, we are subject to audit by tax authorities and are regularly audited by various tax authorities. Although we 
believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits could be materially different from our historical income 
tax provisions and accruals and could have a material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

Our intellectual property rights may not be protected, which could adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results 
of operations. 

A substantial portion of our publications are protected by copyright, held either in our name, in the name of the author of the work, or 
in the name of a sponsoring professional society. Such copyrights protect our exclusive right to publish the work in many countries 
abroad  for  specified  periods,  in  most  cases,  the  author’s  life  plus  70  years.  Our  ability  to  continue  to  achieve  our  expected  results 
depends,  in  part,  upon  our  ability  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights.  Our  consolidated  financial  position  and  results  of 
operations may be adversely affected by lack of legal and/or technological protections for its intellectual property in some jurisdictions 
and markets. 

A  disruption  or  loss  of  data  sources  could  limit  our  collection  and  use  of  certain  kinds  of  information,  which  could  adversely 
impact our communication with our customers.  

Several  of  our  businesses  rely  extensively  upon  content  and  data  from  external  sources.  Data  is  obtained  from  public  records, 
governmental  authorities,  customers,  and  other  information  companies,  including  competitors.  Legal  regulations,  such  as  the  EU’s 
GDPR,  relating  to  Internet  communications,  privacy  and  data  protection,  e-commerce,  information  governance,  and  use  of  public 
records,  are  becoming  more  prevalent  worldwide.  The  disruption  or  loss  of  data  sources,  either  because  of  changes  in  the  law  or 
because data suppliers decide not to supply them, may impose limits on our collection and use of certain kinds of information about 
individuals and our ability to communicate such information effectively with our customers. In addition, GDPR imposes a strict data 
protection compliance regime with severe penalties of up to 4% of worldwide revenue or €20 million, whichever is greater. 

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis 
could be impaired. 

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (Sarbanes-Oxley Act) 
and  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange.  The  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  requires,  among  other  things,  that  we 
maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are required to perform system 
and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness 
of our internal control over financial reporting in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act.  This  may  require  us  to  incur  substantial  additional  professional  fees  and  internal  costs  to  further  expand  our  accounting  and 
finance functions and expend significant management efforts. 

Index 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may in the future discover material weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures  that 
could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements. In addition, our internal control over financial reporting will not 
prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, 
not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no 
evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to errors or fraud will not occur, or that all control issues 
and instances of fraud will be detected. 

If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable 
to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were 
to  happen,  the  market  price  of  our  stock  could decline  and  we  could  be  subject  to  sanctions  or  investigations  by  the SEC  or  other 
regulatory authorities. 

General Risks 

The trading price of the shares of our common stock may fluctuate materially, and investors of our common stock could incur 
substantial losses. 

Our  stock  price  may  fluctuate  materially.  The  stock  market  in  general  has  experienced  significant  volatility  that  has  often  been 
unrelated  to  the  operating performance  of  companies.  As  a  result  of  this  volatility,  investors  may not be  able  to  sell  their  common 
stock at or above the price paid for the shares. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including: 

•  Actual or anticipated changes in our consolidated operating results;  
•  Variances  between  actual  consolidated  operating  results  and  the  expectations  of  securities  analysts,  investors,  and  the 

financial community;  

•  Changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our stock;   
•  Conditions or trends in our industry, the stock market, or the economy;   
•  The level of demand for our stock, the stock market price, and volume fluctuations of comparable companies; 
•  Announcements by us or our competitors of new product or service offerings, significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, 

or divestitures;   

•  Announcements of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits filed against us;   
•  Capital commitments;   
• 
•  Recruitment or departure of key personnel; and  
•  Sales of our common stock, including sales by our directors and officers or specific stockholders. 

Investors’ general perception of the Company and our business;  

Adverse  publicity  could  negatively  impact  our  reputation,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  consolidated  financial  position  and 
results of operations. 

Our professional customers worldwide rely upon many of our publications to perform their jobs. It is imperative that we consistently 
demonstrate our ability to maintain the integrity of the information included in our publications. Adverse publicity, whether valid or 
not, may reduce demand for our publications and adversely affect our consolidated financial position and results of operations. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Index 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2. Properties 

We occupy office, warehouse, and distribution facilities in various parts of the world, as listed below (excluding those locations with 
less  than  10,000  square  feet  of  floor  area,  none  of  which  is  considered  material  property). All  of  the  buildings  and  the  equipment 
owned or leased are believed to be in good operating condition and are suitable for the conduct of our business. 

Location 

Purpose 

Owned or Leased 

Approx. Sq. Ft. 

United States: 
New Jersey 
Florida 
Kentucky 
Indiana 
Minnesota 
Massachusetts 
California 
North Carolina 
Texas 

International: 
England 

Germany 

China 
Sri Lanka 
India 

France 
Australia 
Russia 
Jordan 
Singapore 
Canada 
Brazil 
Greece 

Corporate Headquarters 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Offices 
Office 
Office 

Distribution Centers 
Offices 
Offices 
Office 
Office 
Offices 
Office 
Distribution Centers 
Office 
Offices 
Offices 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 
Office 

Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 

Leased 
Leased 
Owned 
Owned 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 
Leased 

294,000 
58,000 
47,000 
42,000 
28,000 
26,000 
21,000 
12,000 
11,000 

298,000 
85,000 
70,000 
104,000 
18,000 
40,000 
38,000 
12,000 
25,000 
36,000 
34,000 
27,000 
24,000 
14,000 
13,000 
12,000 
11,000 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings 

The  information  set  forth  in  Part  II,  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data”  in  Note  16,  “Commitment  and 
Contingencies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements is incorporated herein by reference. 

We are involved in routine litigation in the ordinary course of our business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of 
all pending litigation will not have a material effect upon our consolidated financial position or results of operations. 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

Index 

24 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Information About Our Executive Officers 

Set forth below are the current executive officers of the Company. Each of the officers listed will serve until the next organizational 
meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company, and until each of the respective successors are duly elected and qualified.  

Name, Current and Former Positions 
BRIAN A. NAPACK 
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director  
March 2012 – Senior Advisor, Providence Equity Partners LLC 

CHRISTINA VAN TASSELL 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
November 2017 – Chief Financial Officer – Dow Jones & Company, Inc.  

DEIRDRE SILVER   
Executive Vice President, General Counsel  
August 2015 – Associate General Counsel, Senior Vice President of Legal, Research 

JAMES FLYNN 
Executive Vice President and General Manager, Research  
July 2018 – Chief Product Officer, Research, Wiley 
May 2015 – Senior Vice President and Managing Director, Research Publishing, Wiley 

CHRISTOPHER F. CARIDI 
Senior Vice President, Global Corporate Controller, and Chief Accounting Officer 
June 2020 – SVP, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller, Teladoc Health, Inc. 
March 2017 – SVP, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller, John Wiley & Sons 
March 2014 – Vice President, Finance, Thomson Reuters 

KEVIN MONACO 
Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Tax 
October 2009 – SVP, Finance, Treasurer, and Investor Relations, Coty Inc.  

AREF MATIN 
Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer 
February 2015 – Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer, Ascend Learning 
July  2012  –  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Technology  Officer,  Pearson  Learning  Technologies  & 
Pearson Higher Education 

MATTHEW LEAVY 
Executive Vice President and General Manager, Educational Publishing 
September 2018 – SVP, Business Development 
January 2018 – Principal Leavy Consulting LLC 
August 2013 – Managing Director Global Managed Services, Pearson plc 

DANIELLE MCMAHAN 
Executive Vice President, Chief People & Operations Officer 
June 2017 – Chief Human Resources Officer, York Risk Services Group 
July 2014 – VP, Global Talent, American Express 

TODD ZIPPER 
Executive Vice President and General Manager, Education Services 
November 2018 – Co-President, Wiley Education Services 
January 2015 – President and CEO, The Learning House, Inc 

SHARI HOFFER      
Executive Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer 
May 2017 – SVP Marketing 

Index 

25 

  Age 
60 

First Elected to 
Current Position 
December 2017 

51 

October 2021 

54 

February 2020 

51 

September 2021 

56 

October 2020 

58 

October 2018 

63 

May 2018 

54 

September 2019 

47 

November 2019 

45 

June 2020 

        51 

December 2021 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Our Class A and Class B shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbols WLY and WLYB, respectively.  

On a quarterly basis, the Board of Directors considers the payment of cash dividends based upon its review of earnings, our financial 
position, and other relevant factors. As of  May 31, 2022, the approximate number of holders of our Class A and Class B Common 
Stock were 692 and 48, respectively, based on the holders of record. 

During the year ended April 30, 2020, our Board of Directors approved an additional share repurchase program of  $200 million of 
Class A or B Common Stock. This share repurchase program is in addition to the share repurchase program approved by our Board of 
Directors  during  the  year  ended  April  30,  2017  of  four  million  shares  of  Class  A  or  B  Common  Stock.   As  of  April  30,  2022,  no 
additional shares were remaining under this program for purchase.  

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2022,  we  made  the  following  purchases  of  Class  A  and  Class  B  Common  Stock  under  these  publicly 
announced stock repurchase programs. 

Total Number  
of Shares 
Purchased 

Average Price 
Paid Per 
Share 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased 
as Part of a 
Publicly 
Announced 
Program 

Maximum 
Number 
of Shares that 
May Be 
Purchased 
Under the 
Program 

Maximum 
Dollar Value 
of Shares that 
May Yet 
Be Purchased 
Under 
Additional 
Plans or 
Programs 
(Dollars in 
Millions) 

February 2022 
March 2022 
April 2022 
Total 

Item 6. [Reserved] 

—   $  

93,189     
2,585     
95,774   $ 

—      
53.65      
51.56      
53.60      

—      
93,189      
2,585      
95,774      

48,950   $ 
—    
—    
—   $ 

200.0 
197.6 
197.5 
197.5 

Index 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The information in our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) should be 
read  together  with  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  related  notes  set  forth  in  Part  II,  Item  8,  as  well  as  the  discussion 
included in Part I, Item 1, “Business,” “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements “Safe Harbor” Statement under the 
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” along with Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” 
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. All amounts and percentages are approximate due to rounding and all dollars are in thousands, 
except  per  share  amounts  or  where  otherwise  noted.  When  we  cross-reference  to  a  “Note,”  we  are  referring  to  our  “Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements,” in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” unless the context indicates 
otherwise. 

Overview  

Wiley  is  a  global  leader  in  scientific  research  and  career-connected  education,  unlocking  human  potential  by  enabling  discovery, 
powering  education,  and  shaping  workforces.  For  over  200  years,  Wiley  has  fueled  the  world’s  knowledge  ecosystem.  Today,  our 
high-impact content, platforms, and services help researchers, learners, institutions, and corporations achieve their goals in an ever-
changing  world.  Wiley  is  a  predominantly  digital  company  with  approximately  83%  of  revenue  generated  by  digital  products  and 
tech-enabled services, and 58% of revenue is recurring which includes revenue that is contractually obligated or set to recur with a 
high degree of certainty for the year ended April 30, 2022.  

We report financial information for the following segments, as well as a Corporate category, which includes certain costs that are not 
allocated to the reportable segments:  

•  Research Publishing & Platforms 
•  Academic & Professional Learning 
•  Education Services 

Through  the  Research  Publishing  &  Platforms  segment,  we  provide  peer-reviewed  STM  publishing,  content  platforms,  and  related 
services  to  academic,  corporate,  and  government  customers,  academic  societies,  and  individual  researchers.  The  Academic  & 
Professional  Learning  segment  provides  Education  Publishing  and  Professional  Learning  content  and  courseware,  training,  and 
learning services, to students, professionals, and corporations. The Education Services segment provides University Services (online 
program management or OPM services) for academic institutions and Talent Development Services including placement and training 
for professionals and businesses.  

Wiley’s business strategies are tightly aligned with accelerating growth trends, including open research, career-connected education, 
and talent development. Research strategies include driving publishing output to meet the global demand for peer-reviewed research 
and  expanding  platform  and  service  offerings  for  corporations  and  societies.  Education  strategies  include  expanding  online  degree 
programs  and  driving  online  enrollment  for  university  partners,  scaling  digital  content  and  courseware,  and  expanding  IT  talent 
placement and reskilling programs for corporate partners.   

Wiley  has  operations  in  Russia  consisting  primarily  of  technology development  resources. We  have  exercised  contingency  plans  to 
minimize any disruption if we were to lose access to our staff. If that should occur, we believe it will not materially impact our overall 
operations. As of April 30, 2022, the net assets of our Russian operations were not material to our overall financial position. We have 
customers  in  Russia,  primarily  for  our  Research  offerings,  which  are  not  material  to  our  overall  financial  results. We  do  not  have 
operations in Ukraine or Belarus, and the business conducted in those countries is also not material to our overall financial results. 

Consolidated Results of Operations 

FISCAL YEAR 2022 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2021 SUMMARY RESULTS 

Revenue: 

Revenue for the year ended April 30, 2022 increased $141.4 million, or 7%, as compared with the prior year on a reported and on a 
constant  currency  basis  including  contributions  from  acquisitions.  Excluding  the  contributions  from  acquisitions,  revenue  increased 
5% on a constant currency basis. 

See the “Segment Operating Results” below for additional details on each segment’s revenue and Adjusted EBITDA performance. 

Index 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of Sales: 

Cost  of  sales  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2022  increased  $75.3  million,  or  12%,  as  compared  with  the  prior  year.  On  a  constant 
currency basis, cost of sales increased 11% as compared with the prior year. This increase was primarily due to higher employee costs 
and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  higher  student  acquisition  costs  in  Education  Services,  increased  royalty  costs  in  Research  Publishing  & 
Platforms, and increased print product costs in Academic & Professional Learning. 

Operating and Administrative Expenses: 

Operating and administrative expenses for the year ended April 30, 2022 increased $56.9 million, or 6%, as compared with the prior 
year. On a  constant currency basis, operating and administrative expenses increased 5% as compared with the prior year primarily 
reflecting higher  editorial  costs  due  to  additional  resources  to  support  investments  in  growth,  technology  costs  to  support  growth 
initiatives, higher advertising and marketing costs and, to a lesser extent, higher employee-related costs. 

Restructuring and Related (Credits) Charges: 

For the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021, we recorded pretax restructuring credits of $1.4 million and charges of $33.3 million, 
respectively  primarily  related  to  our  Business  Optimization  Program.  We  anticipate  $10.0  million  in  run  rate  savings  from  actions 
starting in fiscal year 2022.   

In November 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and the Company’s successful transition to a virtual work environment, 
we  increased  use  of  virtual  work  arrangements  for  postpandemic  operations. As  a  result,  we  expanded  the  scope  of  the  Business 
Optimization  Program  to  include  the  exit  of  certain  leased  office  space  beginning  in  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2021,  and  the 
reduction of our occupancy at other facilities. We are reducing our real estate square footage occupancy by approximately 12%. These 
actions resulted in a pretax restructuring charge of $18.3 million in the year ended April 30, 2021.  

In addition, we also incurred ongoing facility-related costs associated with certain properties that resulted in additional restructuring 
charges of $1.8 million and $3.7 million in the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively.   

These actions yielded annualized cost savings of approximately $8.0 million. We  anticipate ongoing facility-related costs associated 
with certain properties to result in additional restructuring charges in future periods. 

These (credits) charges are reflected in Restructuring and related (credits) charges in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). 
See Note 7, “Restructuring and Related (Credits) Charges” for more details on these (credits) charges. 

For the impact of our restructuring program on diluted earnings per share, see the section below, “Diluted Earnings per Share (EPS).” 

In May 2022, the Company initiated a global program to restructure and align our cost base with current and anticipated future market 
conditions. This program will include the exit of certain leased office space beginning in the first quarter of fiscal  year 2023 and the 
reduction of our occupancy at other facilities. In addition, the program will include severance related charges for the elimination of 
certain positions. These actions are estimated to result in an initial pretax restructuring charge of approximately $19.0 million to $21.0 
million in the first quarter of fiscal year 2023.   

These actions are anticipated to yield approximately $30.0 million to $35.0 million in run rate savings. For fiscal year 2023, the cost 
savings are expected to be approximately $20.0 million to $25.0 million. We anticipate ongoing facility-related costs associated with 
certain properties to result in additional restructuring charges in future periods. 

Index 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of Intangible Assets: 

Amortization  of  intangible  assets  was  $84.8  million  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2022,  an  increase  of  $10.2  million,  or  14%,  as 
compared  with  the  prior year.  On  a  constant  currency  basis,  amortization  of  intangible assets  increased  13%  as  compared  with  the 
prior year primarily due to the intangibles acquired as part of the Hindawi acquisition completed in fiscal year 2021 and, to a lesser 
extent,  other  acquisitions  completed  in  fiscal  year  2022,  partially  offset  by  the  completion  of  amortization  of  certain  acquired 
intangible assets. See Note 4, “Acquisitions” for more details on our acquisitions.  

Operating Income, Adjusted Operating Income (OI) and Adjusted EBITDA: 

Operating income for the year ended April 30, 2022 increased $33.8 million, or 18% as compared with the prior year on a reported 
and on a constant currency basis. The increase was primarily due to the increase in revenue and, to a lesser extent, lower restructuring 
charges, partially offset by an increase in cost of sales and operating and administrative expenses. 

Adjusted OI on a constant currency basis and excluding restructuring (credits) charges decreased 1% as compared with the prior year 
primarily due to an increase in cost of sales, operating and administrative expenses and, to a lesser extent, amortization of intangible 
assets, partially offset by higher revenues as described above.   

Adjusted  EBITDA  on  a  constant  currency  basis  and  excluding  restructuring  (credits)  charges,  increased  3%,  as  compared  with  the 
prior year primarily due to revenue performance, partially offset by an increase in operating and administrative expenses, and cost of 
sales. 

Adjusted OI 

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Operating Income to Non-GAAP Adjusted OI: 

US GAAP Operating Income 
Adjustments: 

Restructuring and related (credits) charges  

Non-GAAP Adjusted OI 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Year Ended  
April 30, 

2022 

2021 

219,276 

  $ 

185,511 

(1,427) 
217,849 

  $ 

33,310 
218,821 

$ 

$ 

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Net Income to Non-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA: 

Net Income 
Interest expense 
Provision for income taxes 
Depreciation and amortization 
Non-GAAP EBITDA 
Restructuring and related (credits) charges 
Foreign exchange transaction losses 
Gain on sale of certain assets 
Other income, net 
Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA 

Year Ended  
April 30, 

2022 

2021 

148,309 
19,802 
61,352 
215,170 
444,633 
(1,427) 
3,192 
(3,694) 
(9,685) 
433,019 

  $ 

  $ 

148,256 
18,383 
27,656 
200,189 
394,484 
33,310 
7,977 
— 
(16,761) 
419,010 

$ 

$ 

Index 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Expense: 

Interest expense for the year ended April 30, 2022 was $19.8 million compared with the prior year of $18.4 million. This increase was 
due to a higher average debt balance outstanding, which included borrowings for the funding of acquisitions and, to a lesser extent, 
higher weighted average effective interest rate. 

Foreign Exchange Transaction Losses: 

Foreign  exchange  transaction  losses  were  $3.2  million  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2022  and  were  primarily  due  to  losses  on  our 
foreign currency  denominated third-party and, to a lesser extent, intercompany accounts receivable and payable balances due to the 
impact of the change in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the US dollar.  

Foreign exchange transaction losses were $8.0 million for the year ended April 30, 2021 and were due to the unfavorable impact of the 
changes in exchange rates on US dollar cash balances held in the UK to fund the acquisition of Hindawi and the net impact of changes 
in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the US dollar on our third-party accounts receivable and payable balances. 

Gain on Sale of Certain Assets: 

The gain on the sale of certain assets is due to the sale of our world languages product portfolio which was included in our Academic 
& Professional Learning segment and resulted in a pretax gain of approximately $3.7 million during the year ended April 30, 2022. 

Other Income, Net: 

Other income, net was $9.7 million for the year ended April 30, 2022, a decrease of $7.1 million, or 42%, as compared with the prior 
year. This decrease was primarily due to $3 million in donations and pledges made in the year ended April 30, 2022 to humanitarian 
organizations to provide aid to those impacted by the crisis in Ukraine. 

Provision for Income Taxes: 

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income Before Taxes to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes: 

US GAAP Income Before Taxes 
Pretax Impact of Adjustments: 

Restructuring and related (credits) charges 
Foreign exchange losses (gains) on intercompany transactions 
Amortization of acquired intangible assets 
Gain on sale of certain assets 

Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes 

Year Ended 
April 30, 

2022 

$ 

209,661  

2021 
$  175,912 

33,310 
(1,427)  
(1,457) 
1,513  
79,421 
89,346  
(3,694)  
— 
295,399    $  287,186 

$ 

Index 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income Tax Provision to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision, including our US 
GAAP Effective Tax Rate and our Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate: 

US GAAP Income Tax Provision 
Income Tax Impact of Adjustments (1): 

Restructuring and related (credits) charges 
Foreign exchange losses (gains) on intercompany transactions 
Amortization of acquired intangible assets 
Gain on sale of certain assets 

Income Tax Adjustments: 

Impact of increase in UK statutory rate on deferred tax balances(2) 
Impact of US CARES Act(3) 
Impact of change in certain US state tax rates in 2021(2) 

Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision 

US GAAP Effective Tax Rate 
Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate 

Year Ended 
April 30, 

2022 

2021 

$ 

61,352  

$ 

27,656 

(260)  
597  
20,816  
(922)  

(21,415)  
—  
—  
60,168    $ 

$ 

29.3%  
20.4%  

8,065 
(363) 
18,511 
— 

(3,511) 
13,998 
(3,225) 
61,131 

15.7% 
21.3% 

(1)  For the year ended April 30, 2022, substantially all of the tax impact was from deferred taxes. For the year ended April 30,  2021, 
except for the $8.4 million current tax impact from the US CARES Act noted below, substantially all of the tax impact was from 
deferred taxes. 

(2)  These adjustments impacted deferred taxes in the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021. 
(3)  The tax impact was $8.4 million from current taxes and $5.6 million from deferred taxes in the year ended April 30, 2021. 

The effective tax rate was 29.3% for the year ended April 30, 2022, compared to 15.7% for the year ended April 30, 2021. Our rate for 
the year ended April 30, 2022 was increased by $21.4 million from an increase in the UK statutory rate during our three months ended 
July 31, 2021. On June 10, 2021, the UK increased its statutory corporate tax rate from 19% to 25% effective April 2023, resulting in 
this nonrecurring, noncash US GAAP deferred tax expense. The 15.7% tax expense rate for the year ended April 30, 2021 benefitted 
by $14.0 million from the Coronavirus Aid Relief and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act) and certain regulations issued in  late 
July 2020, which enabled us to carryback certain net operating losses (NOLs) to a year with a higher statutory tax rate. 

Excluding the expense from the UK rate change, the Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2022 was 
20.4%. The Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2021, excluding the impact of the UK statutory rate 
change, the CARES Act, and state tax expense from rate changes, was 21.3%. The Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate before 
these  items  decreased  because  the  year  ended  April  30,  2021  included  US  state  tax  expenses  from  our  expanded  presence  from 
COVID-19 and employees working in additional locations.  

Diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS): 

Diluted earnings per share for the year ended April 30, 2022 was $2.62 per share compared to $2.63 per share in the prior year. This 
decrease was due to a higher weighted average number of common shares outstanding in the year ended April 30, 2022 as net income 
was flat compared to the year ended April 30, 2021. Net income was flat as higher operating income and, to a lesser extent,  lower 
foreign exchange losses and the gain on sale of certain assets were offset by higher provision for income taxes and, to a lesser extent, 
lower other income, net.  

Index 

31 

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP EPS to Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS. The amount of the pretax and the related income tax 
impact for the adjustments included in the table below are presented in the section above, “Provision for Income Taxes.” 

US GAAP EPS  
Adjustments: 

Restructuring and related (credits) charges 
Foreign exchange losses (gains) on intercompany transactions 
Amortization of acquired intangible assets 
Gain on sale of certain assets 
Income tax adjustments 
Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS 

Year Ended 
April 30, 

2022 

2021 

$ 

2.62   $ 

2.63 

(0.02)  
0.02  
1.21  
(0.05)  
0.38   
4.16    $ 

0.44 
(0.02) 
1.08 
— 
(0.13) 
4.00 

$ 

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EPS increased 1% primarily due to a lower Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate, partially 
offset by lower Other income, net and, to a lesser extent, lower Adjusted OI. 

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS: 

Year Ended 
April 30, 

% Change 
Favorable 

Constant 
Currency 
% Change 
Favorable 

2022 

2021 

   (Unfavorable)    (Unfavorable) 

$ 

1,057,022    $ 
54,321       
1,111,343      

972,512       
42,837       
1,015,349       

300,373       
468,012       
47,731       
238       

294,989      
238     
295,227     
94,899     
390,126   $ 
35.1%     

275,377       
429,916       
37,033       
(36)       

273,059       
(36)   
273,023   
83,866   
356,889   
35.1%   

$ 

9%    
27%    
9%    

(9)%    
(9)%    
(29)%    
#    

8%    
#   
8%   
(13)%   
9%   

8% 
27% 
9% 

(8)% 
(9)% 
(28)% 
# 

9% 
# 
9% 
(13)% 
10% 

RESEARCH PUBLISHING & PLATFORMS: 
Revenue:  
Research Publishing  
Research Platforms 

Total Research Publishing & Platforms Revenue 

Cost of Sales  
Operating Expenses  
Amortization of Intangible Assets 
Restructuring Charges (Credits) (see Note 7)  

Contribution to Profit  
Restructuring Charges (Credits) (see Note 7) 
Adjusted Contribution to Profit 
Depreciation and Amortization 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin 

# Not meaningful 

Revenue: 

Research Publishing & Platforms revenue for  the year ended April 30, 2022 increased $96.0 million, or 9%, as compared with the 
prior  year  on  a  reported  and  constant  currency  basis.  Excluding  revenue  from  acquisitions,  organic  revenue  increased  5%  on  a 
constant currency basis. This increase was primarily due to an increase in publishing, corporate solutions and, to a lesser extent, an 
increase in Research Platforms. Research Publishing has continued growth due to Transformational Agreements (read and publish). 
Excluding the impact from acquisitions, Open Access article output growth was approximately 27% for the year ended April 30, 2022 
as compared with the prior year. 

Adjusted EBITDA: 

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased 10% as compared with the prior year. This increase was primarily due to 
higher revenue, partially offset by higher editorial costs due to additional resources to support investments in growth, which includes 
the impact of the acquisition of Hindawi and, to a lesser extent, higher cost of sales including the incremental impact of acquisitions, 
technology, and sales-related costs. 

Index 

32 

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
      
      
      
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
     
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACADEMIC & PROFESSIONAL LEARNING: 
Revenue:  
Education Publishing(1) 
Professional Learning  

Total Academic & Professional Learning  

Cost of Sales  
Operating Expenses  
Amortization of Intangible Assets 
Restructuring (Credits) Charges (see Note 7)  

Contribution to Profit  
Restructuring (Credits) Charges (see Note 7) 
Adjusted Contribution to Profit 
Depreciation and Amortization 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin 

# Not meaningful 

Year Ended 
April 30, 

 % Change 
Favorable 

Constant 
Currency 
% Change 
Favorable 

2022 

2021 

  (Unfavorable)    (Unfavorable) 

$ 

349,992    $ 
296,831       
646,823       

361,194       
280,667       
641,861       

180,328       
341,136       
13,442       
(455)       

174,950       
358,097       
16,451       
3,503       

112,372      
(455)   
111,917   
69,561   
181,478    $ 
28.1%   

88,860       
3,503     
92,363     
71,997     
164,360     
25.6%     

$ 

(3)%       
6%       
1%       

(3)%       
5%       
18%       
#       

26%       
#     
21%     
3%     
10%     

(4)% 
6% 
1% 

(3)% 
5% 
18% 
# 

26% 
# 
20% 
3% 
10% 

(1) 

In  May  2021,  we  moved  the  WileyNXT  product  offering  from  Academic  &  Professional  Learning  –  Education  Publishing  to 
Education Services – Talent Development Services. As a result, the prior period results related to the WileyNXT product offering 
have  been  included  in  Education  Services  –  Talent  Development  Services.  The  Revenue,  Adjusted  Contribution  to  Profit,  and 
Adjusted EBITDA for WileyNXT was $2.7 million, $(0.7) million, and $(0.7) million, respectively, for the year ended April 30, 
2021. There were no changes to our total consolidated financial results. 

Revenue: 

Academic & Professional Learning revenue increased $5.0 million, or 1%, as compared with the prior year on a reported and constant 
currency basis. This increase was primarily driven by strong recovery in Professional Learning from prior year COVID-19 lockdown 
impacts primarily due to an increase in corporate training and, to a lesser extent, an increase in professional publishing compared with 
the prior year. This more than offset a 4% decline in Education Publishing due to lower US college enrollment and some easing of 
prior year COVID-19-related favorability for courseware and content and, to a lesser extent, test preparation. 

Adjusted EBITDA: 

On  a  constant  currency  basis,  Adjusted  EBITDA  increased  10%  as  compared  with  the  prior  year.  This increase  was  due  to  lower 
operating expenses and, to a lesser extent, higher revenues. This was partially offset by higher print product costs. 

Index 

33 

 
  
  
  
  
  
      
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
     
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EDUCATION SERVICES:  
Revenue:  
University Services(1)  
Talent Development Services (2)(3)  

Total Education Services Revenue 

Cost of Sales  
Operating Expenses  
Amortization of Intangible Assets 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)  

Contribution to Profit (Loss)   
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7) 
Adjusted Contribution to Profit (Loss) 
Depreciation and Amortization 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin 

# Not meaningful 

Year Ended  
April 30, 

 % Change 
Favorable 

Constant 
Currency 
% Change 
Favorable 

2022 

2021 

   (Unfavorable)   (Unfavorable) 

$ 

 $ 

226,131 
98,631 
324,762 

219,957 
77,853 
23,663 
8 

3,281 
8 
3,289 
34,157 
37,446 
11.5% 

 $ 

$ 

227,700 
56,591 
284,291 

175,008 
67,594 
21,201 
531 

19,957 
531 
20,488 
29,654 
50,142 
17.6% 

(1)%     
74%     
14%       

(26)%       
(15)%       
(12)%       
98%       

(84)%       
98%     
(84)%       
(15)%     
(25)%     

(1)% 
72% 
14% 

(25)% 
(15)% 
(11)% 
98% 

(84)% 
98% 
(85)% 
(15)% 
(26)% 

(1)  University Services was previously referred to as Education Services OPM. 
(2)  Talent Development Services was previously referred to as mthree. 
(3) 

In  May  2021,  we  moved  the  WileyNXT  product  offering  from  Academic  &  Professional  Learning  –  Education  Publishing  to 
Education Services – Talent Development Services. As a result, the prior period results related to the WileyNXT product offering 
have  been  included  in  Education  Services  –  Talent  Development  Services.  The  Revenue,  Adjusted  Contribution  to  Profit,  and 
Adjusted EBITDA for WileyNXT was $2.7 million, $(0.7) million, and $(0.7) million, respectively, for the year ended April 30, 
2021. There were no changes to our total consolidated financial results. 

Revenue: 

Education Services revenue increased $40.5 million, or 14%, as compared with the prior year on a reported and a constant  currency 
basis. Excluding revenue from acquisitions, organic revenue increased 12% on a constant currency basis. This increase was primarily 
due to an increase in placements in Talent Development Services, partially offset by a decrease in student enrollments in University 
Services. For the year ended April 30, 2022, University Services experienced an 8% decrease in online enrollment. For the year ended 
April 30, 2022, we delivered approximately 112% growth in IT talent placements in Talent Development Services. 

Adjusted EBITDA: 

On a  constant  currency  basis,  Adjusted  EBITDA  decreased  26%  as  compared  with  the  prior  year.  This  was  due  to  an  increase  in 
employee  related  costs  due  to  increased  investments  to  accelerate  growth  in  Talent  Development  Services  and,  to  a  lesser  extent, 
higher student acquisition costs in University Services and sales related costs, partially offset by higher revenue. 

CORPORATE EXPENSES: 

Corporate expenses for the year ended April 30, 2022 decreased $5.0 million, or 3%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant 
currency basis and excluding restructuring (credits) charges, these expenses increased 16% as compared with the prior year. This was 
primarily due to higher employee-related costs, marketing costs and, to a lesser extent, technology-related spending. 

Index 

34 

 
  
  
  
  
  
        
        
       
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
     
     
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
    
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FISCAL YEAR 2021 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2020 SUMMARY RESULTS 

Revenue: 

Revenue  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2021  increased  $110.0  million,  or  6%,  as  compared  with  the  prior  year.  This  increase  was 
mainly driven by the following factors: 

•  An  increase  in  Research  Publishing  &  Platforms,  which  included  the  contributions  from  Hindawi,  which  was  acquired  on 

December 31, 2020; and 

•  An increase in Education Services, due to the contributions from mthree, which was acquired in January 2020, and growth in 

online program management services. 

These increases were partially offset by a decline in Academic & Professional Learning. 

On a constant currency basis, revenue increased 4% as compared with the prior year. Excluding the inorganic impact of acquisitions, 
organic revenue on a constant currency basis increased 1%. 

See the “Segment Operating Results” below for additional details on each segment’s revenue and Adjusted EBITDA performance. 

Cost of Sales: 

Cost of sales for the year ended April 30, 2021 increased $34.3 million, or 6%, as compared with the prior year. Gross margin was 
consistent with the prior year at approximately 32.2%. On a constant currency basis, cost of sales increased 4% as compared with the 
prior year. This increase was primarily due to the impact from the acquisition of mthree and, to a lesser extent, higher royalty costs. 
These factors were partially offset by lower marketing costs for our Education Services business.   

Operating and Administrative Expenses: 

Operating and administrative expenses for the year ended April 30, 2021 increased $25.3 million, or 3%, as compared with the prior 
year. On a constant currency basis, operating and administrative expenses increased 1% as compared with the prior year primarily 
reflecting the impact of the acquisitions of Hindawi and mthree, higher technology related costs and, to a lesser extent, higher annual 
incentive  compensation.  These  factors  were  partially  offset  by  lower  facilities  and  occupancy-related  costs  due  to  the  real  estate 
actions taken as part of our Business Optimization Program as described below, employee benefit and retirement related expenses, 
and to a lesser extent, COVID-19-related expense savings and other business optimization gains. 

Restructuring and Related Charges: 

Business Optimization Program  

For  the  years  ended  April  30,  2021  and  2020,  we  recorded  pretax  restructuring  charges  of  $33.4  million  and  $32.8  million, 
respectively, related to this program.  

In November 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and the Company’s successful transition to a virtual work environment, 
we  increased  use  of  virtual  work  arrangements  for  postpandemic  operations. As  a  result,  we  expanded  the  scope  of  the  Business 
Optimization Program to include the exit of certain leased office space beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2021, and the reduction 
of our occupancy at other facilities. We are reducing our real estate square footage occupancy by approximately 12%. These actions 
resulted in a pretax restructuring charge of $18.3 million in the three months ended January 31, 2021.  

In addition, we also incurred ongoing facility-related costs associated with certain properties that resulted in additional restructuring 
charges of $3.7 million in the year ended April 30, 2021. 

We anticipated ongoing  facility-related costs associated with certain properties to result in additional restructuring charges in future 
periods. 

These charges are reflected in Restructuring and related (credits) charges in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). See Note 
7, “Restructuring and Related (Credits) Charges” for more details on these charges. 

Index 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restructuring and Reinvestment Program 

For the years ended April 30, 2021 and 2020, we recorded pretax restructuring credits of $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, 
related  to  this  program.  These  credits  are  reflected  in  Restructuring  and  related  charges  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income 
(Loss).  

For the impact of our restructuring programs on diluted earnings per share, see the section below, “Diluted Earnings per Share (EPS).” 

Amortization of Intangible Assets: 

Amortization  of  intangible  assets  was  $74.7  million  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2021,  an  increase  of  $12.2  million,  or  20%,  as 
compared  with  the  prior year.  On  a  constant  currency  basis,  amortization  of  intangible assets  increased  18%  as  compared  with  the 
prior year primarily due to the intangibles acquired as part of the Hindawi and mthree acquisitions completed in fiscal year  2021 and 
2020, respectively. See Note 4, “Acquisitions” for more details on our acquisitions. 

Operating Income (Loss), Adjusted Operating Income (OI), and Adjusted EBITDA: 

Operating income for the year ended April 30, 2021 was $185.5 million compared with the prior year operating loss of $54.3 million. 
The increase in operating income was primarily due to the prior year impairment of goodwill and intangibles assets of $202.3  million 
as described below and, to a lesser extent, an increase in revenue. This was partially offset by an increase in cost of sales and operating 
and administrative expenses and, to a lesser extent, an increase in amortization of intangible assets as described above.  

Adjusted OI and Adjusted EBITDA on a constant currency basis and excluding restructuring charges and the impairment of goodwill 
and intangible assets increased 20% and 16% respectively, as compared with the prior year. The increase in Adjusted OI and Adjusted 
EBITDA was primarily due to revenue performance described above, partially offset by higher cost of sales and, to a lesser extent, an 
increase in operating and administrative expenses. In addition, the increase in Adjusted OI was partially offset by higher depreciation 
and amortization.   

Adjusted OI 

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Operating Income (Loss) to Non-GAAP Adjusted OI: 

US GAAP Operating Income (Loss) 
Adjustments: 

Restructuring and related charges 
Impairment of goodwill 
Impairment of Blackwell trade name 
Impairment of developed technology intangible 

Non-GAAP Adjusted OI 

Year Ended 
April 30, 

2021 

2020 

$ 

185,511   $ 

(54,287) 

33,310  
—  
—  
—   

$ 

218,821    $ 

32,607 
110,000 
89,507 
2,841 
180,668 

Index 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA 

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Net Income (Loss) to Non-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA: 

Net Income (Loss) 
Interest expense 
Provision for income taxes 
Depreciation and amortization 
Non-GAAP EBITDA 
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
Restructuring and related charges 
Foreign exchange transaction losses (gains)  
Other income  
Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA 

Interest Expense: 

Year Ended  
April 30, 

2021 

2020 

148,256 
18,383 
27,656 
200,189 
394,484 
— 
33,310 
7,977 
(16,761) 
419,010 

  $ 

  $ 

(74,287) 
24,959 
11,195 
175,127 
136,994 
202,348 
32,607 
(2,773) 
(13,381) 
355,795 

$ 

$ 

Interest expense for the year ended April 30, 2021 was $18.4 million compared with the prior year of $25.0 million. This decrease was 
due to a lower weighted average effective borrowing rate, partially offset by higher average debt balances outstanding, which included 
borrowings for the funding of acquisitions in fiscal years 2021 and 2020. 

Foreign Exchange Transaction (Losses) Gains: 

Foreign exchange transaction losses were $8.0 million for the year ended April 30, 2021 and were due to the unfavorable impact of the 
changes  in  exchange  rates  on  US  dollar  cash  balances  held  in  the  UK  to  fund  the  acquisition  of  Hindawi,  and  the  net  impact  of 
changes in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the US dollar on our third-party accounts receivable and payable balances.  

Foreign exchange transaction gains were $2.8 million for the year ended April 30, 2020  and were primarily due to the net impact of 
changes in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the US dollar on our third-party accounts receivable and payable balances. 

Provision for Income Taxes: 

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income (Loss) Before Taxes to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes: 

US GAAP Income (Loss) Before Taxes 
Pretax Impact of Adjustments: 

Restructuring and related charges 
Foreign exchange (gains) losses on intercompany transactions 
Amortization of acquired intangible assets 
Impairment of goodwill 
Impairment of Blackwell trade name 
Impairment of developed technology intangible 

Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes 

Year Ended 
April 30, 

2021 

$ 

175,912  

$ 

2020 
(63,092) 

33,310  
(1,457)  
79,421  
—  
—  
—  

32,607 
1,256 
68,269 
  110,000 
89,507 
2,841 
287,186    $  241,388 

$ 

Index 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income Tax Provision to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision, including our US 
GAAP Effective Tax Rate and our Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate: 

US GAAP Income Tax Provision 
Income Tax Impact of Adjustments(1): 
Restructuring and related charges 
Foreign exchange (gains) losses on intercompany transactions 
Amortization of acquired intangible assets 
Impairment of Blackwell trade name 
Impairment of developed technology intangible 

Income Tax Adjustments: 

Impact of increase in UK statutory rate on deferred tax balances(2) 
Impact of US CARES Act(3) 
Impact of change in certain US state tax rates in 2021 and tax rates in France in 2020(2) 

Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision 

US GAAP Effective Tax Rate 
Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate 

Year Ended 
April 30, 

2021 

2020 

$ 

27,656  

$ 

11,195 

8,065  
(363)  
18,511  
—  
—  

(3,511)  
13,998  
(3,225)  
61,131    $ 

$ 

7,949 
242 
16,820 
15,216 
686 

— 
— 
1,887 
53,995 

15.7%  
21.3%  

(17.7)% 
22.4% 

(1)  For  the  year  ended  April  30,  2021,  except  for  the  $8.4  million  current  tax  impact  from  the  US  CARES  Act  noted  below, 
substantially all of the tax impact  was from deferred taxes. For the year ended April 30, 2020, the tax impact was $1.5 million 
from current taxes and $22.6 million from deferred taxes. 

(2)  These adjustments impacted deferred taxes in the years ended April 30, 2021 and 2020. 
(3)  The tax impact was $8.4 million from current taxes and $5.6 million from deferred taxes in the year ended April 30, 2021. 

The effective tax rate was 15.7% for the year ended April 30, 2021, compared to a tax expense rate of 17.7% on a pretax loss  for the 
year ended April 30, 2020. Our rate for the year ended April 30, 2021 benefitted by $14.0 million from the CARES Act and certain 
regulations issued in late July 2020, which enabled us to carryback certain US net operating losses (NOLs), to fiscal 2015, a year with 
a higher US statutory rate, reducing our tax for the year ended April 30, 2020. We received a $20.7 million refund plus interest in 
February 2021. This benefit was partially offset by (a) $3.5 million from an increase in the official UK statutory rate during our three 
months ended July 31, 2020 resulting in an increase in our UK deferred tax liabilities and (b) $3.2 million from a noncash deferred 
state tax expense due to increasing our deferred tax liabilities in connection with our expanded presence in additional states resulting 
from  COVID-19.  As  a  result  of  COVID-19,  we  adjusted  our  policies  to  permit  employees  to  work  from  home,  resulting  in  an 
increased presence in many locations.   

The 17.7% tax expense rate on a pretax loss for the year ended April 30, 2020 was primarily due to the $110.0 million non-deductible 
impairment of goodwill. Excluding the benefit from the CARES Act and expense from the UK rate change, the change in our state tax 
expense  from  our  expanded  presence  and  a  lower  tax  benefit  from  our  restructuring  charges,  foreign  exchange  gains  and  the 
amortization of acquired intangible assets, the Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2021 was 21.3%. 
The  Non-GAAP  Adjusted  Effective  Tax  Rate  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2020,  excluding  the  impact  of  the  $110.0  million 
impairment of goodwill and other items included in the table above was 22.4%. The decrease in the Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective 
Tax Rate before these items was due to a more favorable mix of earnings for the year ended April 30, 2021.  

Index 

38 

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share (EPS): 

Diluted earnings per share for the year ended April 30, 2021 was $2.63 per share compared with loss per share of $1.32 in the prior 
year. This increase was due to the higher operating income and, to a lesser extent, lower interest expense. These factors were partially 
offset by higher provision for income taxes and foreign exchange transaction losses for the year ended April 30, 2021 as compared to 
gains for the year ended April 30, 2020. 

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Earnings (Loss) Per Share to Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS. The amount of the pretax and the 
related income tax impact for the adjustments included in the table below are presented in the section above, “Provision for Income 
Taxes.” 

US GAAP EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE 
Adjustments: 
Restructuring and related charges 
Foreign exchange (gains) losses on intercompany transactions 
Amortization of acquired intangible assets 
Income tax adjustments 
Impairment of goodwill 
Impairment of Blackwell trade name 
Impairment of developed technology intangible 
EPS impact of using weighted-average dilutive shares for adjusted EPS calculation(1) 
Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS 

Year Ended 
April 30, 

2021 

2020 

$ 

2.63   $ 

0.44  
(0.02)  
1.08  
(0.13)  
—   
—   
—   
—  
4.00    $ 

$ 

(1.32) 

0.43 
0.02 
0.90 
(0.03) 
1.94 
1.31 
0.04 
0.01 
3.30 

(1)  Represents the impact of using diluted weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (56.7 million shares for the year 
ended April 30, 2020) included in the Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS calculation in order to apply the dilutive impact on adjusted net 
income due to the effect of unvested restricted stock units and other stock awards. This impact occurs when a US GAAP net loss 
is reported and the effect of using dilutive shares is antidilutive. 

On a constant currency basis,  Adjusted EPS increased 25% primarily due to an increase  in Adjusted CTP and, to a lesser extent,  a 
lower  Non-GAAP  Adjusted  Effective  Tax  Rate  and  a  decrease  in  interest  expense.  These  factors  were  partially  offset  by  foreign 
exchange transaction losses for the year ended April 30, 2021 as compared with gains for the year ended April 30, 2020. 

Index 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS: 

RESEARCH PUBLISHING & PLATFORMS: 
Revenue: 
Research Publishing 
Research Platforms 

Total Research Publishing & Platforms Revenue 

Cost of Sales 
Operating Expenses 
Amortization of Intangible Assets 
Impairment of Intangible Assets (see Note 11) 
Restructuring (Credits) Charges (see Note 7) 

Contribution to Profit 
Impairment of Intangible Assets (see Note 11) 
Restructuring (Credits) Charges (see Note 7) 
Adjusted Contribution to Profit 
Depreciation and Amortization 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin 

# Not meaningful 

Revenue: 

Year Ended 
April 30, 

2021 

2020 

 % Change 
Favorable 
   (Unfavorable)   

Constant 
Currency 
% Change 
Favorable 
(Unfavorable)  

$ 

972,512    $ 

42,837   
   1,015,349   

908,952      
39,887      
948,839      

275,377   
429,916   
37,033   
—  
(36)   

273,059   
—  
(36)   
273,023   
83,866   

$ 

356,889    $ 
35.1%      

255,696      
398,514      
29,276      
92,348  
3,886      

169,119      
92,348  
3,886      
265,353      
69,495      
334,848      
35.3%      

7%      
7%      
7%      

(8)%      
(8)%      
(26)%      
100%  

#      

61%      
100%  

#      
3%      
(21)%      
7%      

5% 
7% 
5% 

(5)% 
(6)% 
(24)% 
100% 
# 

60% 
100% 
# 
2% 
(20)% 
6% 

Research  Publishing & Platforms revenue for the  year ended April 30, 2021 increased $66.5 million, or 7%, as compared with the 
prior year on a reported basis. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased 5% as compared with the prior year. Excluding revenue 
from acquisitions, organic revenue increased 3% on a constant currency basis. This increase was primarily due to continued growth in 
Open Access in Research Publishing due to continued growth in transformational “read and publish” agreements. In fiscal year 2021, 
we experienced a 15% increase in article output, which resulted in a 38% increase in Open Access revenue as compared to prior year. 
This was partially offset by a decline in subscriptions revenue partially attributable to those “read and publish” agreements and, to a 
lesser extent, previously anticipated libraries and academic budget challenges as a result of COVID-19. 

Adjusted EBITDA: 

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased 6% as compared with the prior year. This increase was primarily due to 
higher  revenue,  and  COVID-19-related  expense  savings.  These  factors  were  partially  offset  by  higher  royalty  costs,  higher  annual 
incentive compensation and employee related costs, and to a lesser extent, the impact of the acquisition of Hindawi.   

Index 

40 

 
 
 
 
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
 
 
 
   
 
      
      
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
      
       
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACADEMIC & PROFESSIONAL LEARNING:  
Revenue: 
Education Publishing(1) 
Professional Learning 

Total Academic & Professional Learning 

Cost of Sales 
Operating Expenses 
Amortization of Intangible Assets 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7) 

Contribution to Profit 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7) 
Adjusted Contribution to Profit 
Depreciation and Amortization 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin 

# Not meaningful 

Year Ended 
April 30, 

2021 

2020 

 % Change 
Favorable 
(Unfavorable)    

Constant 
Currency 
% Change 
Favorable 
(Unfavorable)  

$ 

$ 

361,194 
280,667 
641,861 

174,950 
358,097 
16,451 
3,503 

88,860 
3,503 
92,363 
71,997 
164,360 
25.6% 

  $ 

  $ 

351,514      
298,601      
650,115      

178,721      
369,230      
16,649      
10,470      

75,045      
10,470      
85,515      
69,807      
155,322      
23.9%    

3% 
(6)% 
(1)% 

2% 
3% 
1% 
67% 

18% 
67% 
8% 
(3)% 
6% 

2% 
(8)% 
(3)% 

4% 
4% 
3% 
67% 

16% 
67% 
6% 
(2)% 
4% 

(1) 

In  May  2021,  we  moved  the  WileyNXT  product  offering  from  Academic  &  Professional  Learning  –  Education  Publishing  to 
Education Services – Talent Development Services. As a result, the prior period results related to the WileyNXT product offering 
have  been  included  in  Education  Services  –  Talent  Development  Services.  The  Revenue,  Adjusted  Contribution  to  Profit,  and 
Adjusted EBITDA for WileyNXT was $2.7 million, $(0.7) million, and $(0.7) million, respectively, for the year ended April 30, 
2021, and $0.7 million, $(0.9) million, and $(0.9) million, respectively, for the year ended April 30, 2020. There were no changes 
to our total consolidated financial results. 

Revenue: 

Academic & Professional Learning revenue decreased $8.3 million, or 1%, as compared with the prior year on a reported basis. On a 
constant currency basis, revenue decreased 3% as compared with the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to the COVID-19 
impact on Professional Learning revenue due to the continued adverse impact on classroom dependent corporate training due to the 
continued office closures and cancellations of in-person engagements, and the decline in trade print book publishing, partially offset 
by growth in digital content. In Education Publishing, growth in digital content and courseware offerings, which continued to benefit 
due to the COVID-19 driven shift to remote learning, were partially offset by declines in print textbooks and test preparation product 
offerings. In fiscal year 2021, digital content revenue increased 21% and digital courseware activations increased 23% as compared to 
prior year. 

Adjusted EBITDA: 

On  a  constant  currency  basis,  Adjusted  EBITDA  increased  4%  as  compared  with  the  prior  year.  This  increase  reflects  business 
optimization gains and COVID-19-related expense savings, partially offset by lower revenues and, to a lesser extent, higher annual 
incentive compensation. 

Index 

41 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
     
     
     
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
 
  
 
  
  
      
 
    
 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
 
  
 
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
     
  
       
       
  
 
  
 
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EDUCATION SERVICES: 
Revenue: 
University Services(1) 
Talent Development Services(2)(3)  

Total Education Services Revenue 

Cost of Sales 
Operating Expenses 
Amortization of Intangible Assets 
Impairment of Goodwill (see Note 11) 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7) 

Contribution to Profit (Loss) 
Impairment of Goodwill (see Note 11) 
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7) 
Adjusted Contribution to Profit (Loss) 
Depreciation and Amortization 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA Margins 

# Not meaningful 

Year Ended 
April 30, 

2021 

2020 

 % Change 
Favorable 
   (Unfavorable)   

Constant 
Currency 
% Change 
Favorable 
(Unfavorable) 

$ 

$ 

227,700   
56,591  
284,291   

175,008   
67,594   
21,201   
—  
531   

19,957   
—  
531   
20,488  
29,654  
50,142  
17.6%  

$ 

210,882      
21,647  
232,529      

156,607      
64,124      
16,511      
110,000  

3,671      

(118,384)      
110,000  

3,671      

(4,713)  
24,131  
19,418  
8.4%  

$ 

8%      
#  
22%      

(12)%      
(5)%      
(28)%      
100%  
86%      

#      

100%  
86%      
#  
(23)%  
#  

8% 
# 
21% 

(11)% 
(5)% 
(28)% 
100% 
86% 

# 
100% 
86% 
# 
(22)% 
# 

(1)  University Services was previously referred to as Education Services OPM. 
(2)  Talent Development Services was previously referred to as mthree. 
(3) 

In  May  2021,  we  moved  the  WileyNXT  product  offering  from  Academic  &  Professional  Learning  –  Education  Publishing  to 
Education Services – Talent Development Services. As a result, the prior period results related to the WileyNXT product offering 
have  been  included  in  Education  Services  –  Talent  Development  Services.  The  Revenue,  Adjusted  Contribution  to  Profit,  and 
Adjusted EBITDA for WileyNXT was $2.7 million, $(0.7) million, and $(0.7) million, respectively, for the year ended April 30, 
2021, and $0.7 million, $(0.9) million, and $(0.9) million, respectively, for the year ended April 30, 2020. There were no changes 
to our total consolidated financial results. 

Revenue: 

Education  Services  revenue  increased  $51.8  million,  or  22%,  as  compared  with  the  prior  year  on  a  reported  basis.  On  a  constant 
currency  basis,  revenue  increased  21%  as  compared  with  the  prior  year.  Excluding  revenue  from  our  mthree  acquisition,  organic 
revenue increased 7% on a constant currency basis, mainly driven by an increase in enrollments and new student starts and, to a lesser 
extent, new university partnerships and programs in our OPM services. In fiscal year 2021, we experienced a 14% increase in online 
enrollment and a 20% increase in new student starts as compared to prior year. 

Adjusted EBITDA: 

On  a  constant  currency  basis,  Adjusted  EBITDA  increased  $30.7 million  as  compared  with  the  prior  year.  This  was  due  to  higher 
revenue, lower marketing costs, and business optimization initiatives, including lower occupancy-related costs due to certain actions 
taken as part of our Business Optimization Program. These factors were partially offset by the impact from the acquisition of mthree. 

CORPORATE EXPENSES: 

Corporate Expenses for the year ended April 30, 2021 increased $16.3 million, or 9%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant 
currency basis and excluding restructuring charges, these expenses increased 1% as compared with the prior year. This was primarily 
due  to  higher  annual  incentive  compensation,  partially  offset  by  lower  employee  benefit  and  retirement  related  expenses  and 
professional fees. 

Index 

42 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
      
      
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
       
       
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FISCAL YEAR 2023 OUTLOOK 

•  Revenue: The  Company anticipates mid-single digit revenue growth at constant currency driven by Research and Education 

Services. 

•  Earnings: Wiley expects gains from revenue growth to be offset by wage inflation and  growth  investments in Research and 
Corporate  Talent  Development.  Adjusted  EPS  performance  is  expected  to  be  adversely  impacted  by  35-cents  of  non-
operational items such as higher interest expense, higher tax expense, and  lower pension income. Wiley’s adjusted effective tax 
rate is expected to be 22-23% in fiscal year 2023, up from 20% in fiscal year 2022. This is primarily due to an anticipated less 
favorable mix of earnings by country and an increase in the UK statutory rate.  Fiscal year 2022 also benefitted from certain 
non-recurring tax benefits. 

•  Free Cash Flow: Wiley expects positive cash earnings and lower incentive payouts for fiscal year 2022 performance compared 
to  prior  year  to  be  offset  by  higher  cash  taxes,  interest  and  capital  expenditures  (Fiscal  year  2023  Outlook  of  $115  to  $125 
million compared to $116 million in fiscal year 2022).  

•  Foreign  Exchange  Impact: With Wiley generating 47% of its revenue from outside the US, the Company’s reported results 
are adversely impacted by a strengthening US dollar, particularly in relation to the euro and the British pound. Given volatility 
in  exchange  rates,  there  is now  a  material  foreign  currency  impact  to  our  fiscal  year  2023  outlook  relative  to  our outlook  at 
constant currency.   

(amounts in millions, except Adjusted EPS) 

Metric 
Revenue 
Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EPS 
Free Cash Flow  

Fiscal Year 2022 
Actual (1) 
$2,083 
$433 
$4.16 
$223 

Fiscal Year 2023 
Outlook (1)  
At constant currency 
$2,175 to $2,215 
$425 to $450 
$3.70 to $4.05 
$210 to $235 

  FX Impact (2) 

$(75) 
$(25) 
$(0.30) 
$(25) 

Fiscal Year 2023 
Outlook (3)  
At spot rates 
$2,100 to $2,140 
$400 to $425 
$3.40 to $3.75 
$185 to $210 

(1)  Based on fiscal year 2022 average rates of 1.15 euro and 1.36 British pound. 
(2)  Variance between fiscal year 2022 average rates and spot rates as of June 10, 2022: 1.06 euro and 1.24 British pound. 
(3)  Fiscal year 2023 outlook at spot rates as of June 10, 2022. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES: 

Principal Sources of Liquidity 

We  believe  that  our  operating  cash  flow,  together  with  our  revolving  credit  facilities  and  other  available  debt  financing,  will  be 
adequate to meet our operating, investing, and financing needs in the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that continued or 
increased volatility in the global capital and credit markets will not impair our ability to access these markets on terms commercially 
acceptable in the future. We do not have any off-balance-sheet debt. We will continue to pursue attractive opportunities to add scale 
and provide enhanced technology-enabled services in research and online education. 

As of April 30, 2022, we had cash and cash equivalents of $100.4 million, of which approximately $93.2 million, or 93%, was located 
outside  the  US.  Maintenance  of  these  cash  and  cash  equivalent  balances  outside  the  US  does  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
liquidity or capital resources of our operations. Notwithstanding the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the Tax Act), which generally 
eliminated  federal  income  tax  on  future  cash  repatriation  to  the  US,  cash  repatriation  may  be  subject  to  state  and  local  taxes  or 
withholding or similar taxes. In addition, as a result of Brexit, certain tax benefits applicable to distributions from subsidiaries of our 
UK  companies  were  eliminated  or  reduced  effective  January  1,  2021.  Since  April  30,  2018,  we  no  longer  intend  to  permanently 
reinvest  earnings  outside  the  US.  We  have  a  $2.7  million  liability  related  to  the  estimated  taxes  that  would  be  incurred  upon 
repatriating certain non-US earnings. 

Index 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On May 30, 2019, we entered into a credit agreement that amended and restated our existing revolving credit agreement, which  was 
then  amended  on  December  22,  2021  (collectively,  the  Amended  and  Restated  RCA).  See  Note  14,  “Debt  and  Available  Credit 
Facilities”  for  more  details  on  the  amendment.  The  Amended  and  Restated  RCA  provides  for  senior  unsecured  credit  facilities 
comprised of a (i) five-year revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount up to $1.25 billion, and (ii) a five-year term loan 
A  facility  consisting  of  $250  million.  The  agreement  contains  customary  affirmative  and  negative  covenants,  including  a  financial 
covenant in the form of a consolidated net leverage ratio and consolidated interest coverage ratio. 

As of April 30, 2022, we had approximately $787.0 million of debt outstanding, net of unamortized issuance costs of $0.3 million, and 
approximately $0.7 billion of unused borrowing capacity under our Amended and Restated RCA and other facilities.  Our Amended 
and Restated RCA contains certain restrictive covenants related to our consolidated leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio, which 
we were in compliance with as of April 30, 2022. 

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments 

A summary of contractual obligations and commercial commitments, excluding unrecognized tax benefits further described in Note 
13, “Income Taxes,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, as of April 30, 2022 is as follows: 

Total debt(1) 
Interest on debt(2) 
Non-cancellable leases 
Minimum royalty obligations 
Other operating commitments 
Total 

Payments Due by Period 

Total 

Within 
Year 1 

2–3 
Years 

4–5 
Years 

After 5 
Years 

$ 

$ 

787.4   $ 
28.4     
197.0    
444.1     
68.0     
1,524.9   $ 

18.8   $ 
15.3     
28.1    
108.6     
41.4     
212.2   $ 

768.6   $ 
13.1     
51.0    
163.3     
26.4     
1,022.4   $ 

—   $ 
—     
40.4    
102.1     
0.2     
142.7   $ 

— 
— 
77.5 
70.1 
— 
147.6 

(1)  Total debt is exclusive of unamortized issuance costs of $0.3 million. 
(2) 

Interest  on  Debt  includes  the  effect  of  our  interest  rate  swap  agreements  and  the  estimated  future  interest  payments  on  our 
unhedged variable rate debt, assuming that the interest rates as of April 30, 2022 remain constant until the maturity of the debt. 

Analysis of Historical Cash Flow 

The following table shows the changes in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:  

Net cash provided by operating activities 
Net cash used in investing activities 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities 
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and 

restricted cash 

Years Ended April 30, 
2021 

2022 

$ 

339,100    $ 
(194,024)      
(131,638)      

359,923    $ 

(433,154)   
(47,086)   

2020 

288,435 
(346,670) 
172,677 

$ 

(7,070)    $ 

11,629   

$ 

(4,943) 

Cash flow from operations is seasonally a use of cash in the first half of Wiley’s fiscal year principally due to the timing of collections 
for annual journal subscriptions, which typically occurs in the beginning of the second half of our fiscal year. 

Free cash flow less product development spending helps assess our ability, over the long term, to create value for our shareholders, as 
it represents cash available to repay debt, pay common dividends, and fund share repurchases, and acquisitions. Below are the details 
of Free cash flow less product development spending. 

Free Cash Flow Less Product Development Spending: 

Net cash provided by operating activities 
Less: Additions to technology, property and equipment 
Less: Product development spending 
Free cash flow less product development spending 

Index 

44 

Years Ended April 30, 
2021 

2022 

339,100    $ 
(88,843)      
(27,015)      
223,242   $ 

359,923    $ 
(77,407)   
(25,954)   
256,562   $ 

$ 

$ 

2020 

288,435 
(88,593) 
(26,608) 
173,234 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities 

2022 compared to 2021 

The following is a summary of the $20.8 million change in Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended April 30, 2022 
as compared with the year ended April 30, 2021 (amounts in millions). 

Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2021 
Net  income  adjusted  for  items  to  reconcile  net  income  to  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities,  which  would 

$ 

include such noncash items as depreciation and amortization and the change in deferred taxes  

Working capital changes: 

Accounts payable and accrued royalties 
Accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities 
Changes in other assets and liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2022 

$ 

The favorable change in accounts payable and accrued royalties was due to the timing of payments. 

359.9 

(16.3) 

47.5 
(23.3) 
(28.7) 
339.1 

The  unfavorable  change  in accounts  receivable,  net  and  contract  liabilities  was  primarily  the  result  of  sales  growth,  as  well  as  the 
timing of billings and collections with customers. 

The unfavorable changes in other assets and liabilities noted in the table above was primarily due to an increase in employee-related 
costs, including payments due to higher annual incentive compensation payments in fiscal year 2022, partially offset by a favorable 
change in income taxes, and a decrease in restructuring payments. 

Our negative working capital (current assets less current liabilities) was $418.6 million and $462.7 million as of April 30,  2022 and 
April  30,  2021,  respectively.  The  primary  driver  of  the  negative  working  capital  is  the  benefit  realized  from  unearned  contract 
liabilities related to subscriptions for which cash has been collected in advance. The contract liabilities will be recognized as income 
when the products are shipped or made available online  to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of 
April  30,  2022  and  as  of  April  30,  2021  include  contract  liabilities  of  $538.1  million  and  $545.4  million,  respectively,  primarily 
related to deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance. 

Cash collected in advance for subscriptions is used by us for a number of purposes, including funding operations, capital expenditures, 
acquisitions, debt repayments, dividend payments, and share repurchases.  

2021 compared to 2020 

The following is a summary of the $71.5 million change in Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended April 30, 2021 
as compared with the year ended April 30, 2020 (amounts in millions). 

Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2020 
Higher  net  income  adjusted  for  items  to  reconcile  net  income  to  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities,  which 
would include such noncash items as depreciation and amortization, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
in 2020, and the change in deferred taxes 

$ 

Working capital changes: 

Accounts payable and accrued royalties 
Other accrued liabilities 
Inventories 
Accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities 
Changes in other assets and liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities –Year ended April 30, 2021 

$ 

288.4 

88.9 

(45.7) 
49.4 
10.6 
10.0 
(41.7) 
359.9 

The  changes  in  accounts  payable  and  accrued  royalties  and  accounts  receivable,  net  of  contract  liabilities,  were  primarily  due  to 
timing.  Change  in  inventories  was  primarily  due  to  lower  purchases  and  the  lower  cost  of  inventory.  The  change  in  other  accrued 
liabilities  noted  in  the  table  above  was  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  annual  incentive  compensation  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  an 
increase in employee-related costs, including the deferral of employer tax withholding payments in connection with the CARES Act in 
the year ended April 30, 2021.   

Index 

45 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  change  in  other  assets  and  liabilities  noted  in  the  table  above  was  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  cash  used  for  prepayments, 
employee benefit and retirement-related costs, including retirement plan contributions, certain tax-related payments, and restructuring 
payments in the year ended April 30, 2021.  

Our negative working capital (current assets less current liabilities) was $462.7 million and $312.3 million as of April 30,  2021 and 
April  30,  2020,  respectively.  The  primary  driver  of  the  negative  working  capital  is  the  benefit  realized  from  unearned  contract 
liabilities related to subscriptions for which cash has been collected in advance. The contract liabilities will be recognized as income 
when the products are shipped or made available online  to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of 
April  30,  2021  and  as  of  April  30,  2020  include  contract  liabilities  of  $545.4  million  and  $520.2  million,  respectively,  primarily 
related to deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance. 

Cash collected in advance for subscriptions is used by us for a number of purposes, including funding operations, capital expenditures, 
acquisitions,  debt  repayments,  dividend  payments,  and  share  repurchases.  Due  to  the  adverse  impact  of  COVID-19  on  the  global 
economy during this period, we estimated that approximately $30 million of customer payments were delayed into fiscal year 2021. 
Our accounts receivable collections were in line with our expectations. Although, in certain situations, the timing of collections may 
be  extended,  we  did  not  experience  any  material  issues  with  customer  collections.  Many  of  our  customers  had  been  adversely 
impacted  by  COVID-19,  and  we  expected  some  continued  delays  in  payments  due  to  widespread  disruption  and  pervasive  cash 
conservation behaviors in the face of uncertainty. We recorded provisions for bad debt where appropriate. 

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities 

2022 Compared to 2021 

Net cash used in investing activities in the year ended April 30, 2022 was $194.0 million compared to $433.2 million in the prior year. 
The decrease in cash used in investing activities was due to a decrease of $224.2 million in cash used to acquire businesses. See Note 
4,  “Acquisitions” for  more  information  related  to  the  acquisitions  that  occurred  in  the  years  ended  April  30,  2022  and  2021. 
Additionally, cash outflows for the acquisitions of publication rights and other activities decreased $24.0 million.  This was partially 
offset by an increase of $11.4 million for additions of technology, property, and equipment. 

2021 Compared to 2020 

Net cash used in investing activities in the year ended April 30, 2021 was $433.2 million compared to $346.7 million in the prior year. 
The increase in cash used in investing activities was due to an increase of $70.3 million in cash used to acquire businesses  and, to a 
lesser extent, an increase of $28.0 million for the acquisition of publication rights and other activities. This was partially offset by a 
decrease of $11.2 million for additions of technology, property, and equipment. See Note 4, “Acquisitions,” for further details of the 
acquisition activity in fiscal year 2021 and 2020. 

Net Cash Used In Financing Activities 

2022 Compared to 2021 

Net cash used in financing activities was $131.6 million in the year ended April 30, 2022 compared to net cash used of $47.1 million 
in the year ended April 30, 2021. This change was primarily due to net debt repayments of $11.0 million in the year ended April  30, 
2022 compared with net debt borrowings of $30.7 million in the year ended April 30, 2021 and, to a lesser extent, a $24.7 million 
change from book overdrafts, and a $14.2 million increase in cash used for purchases of treasury shares.  

2021 Compared to 2020 

Net cash used in financing activities was $47.1 million in the year ended April 30, 2021 compared to net cash provided by financing 
activities of $172.7 million in the year ended April 30, 2020. This change was due to lower net borrowings of $273.1 million, which 
was primarily due to lower borrowings in the year ended April 30, 2021 and, to a lesser extent, a reduction of $30.8 million for the 
purchase of treasury shares and an increase in cash provided by book overdrafts of $18.4 million compared to the prior year. 

Dividends and Share Repurchases 

In the year ended April 30, 2022, we increased our quarterly dividend to shareholders to $1.38 per share annualized versus $1.37 per 
share annualized in the prior year. 

Index 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the year ended April 30, 2021, we increased our quarterly dividend to shareholders to $1.37 per share annualized versus $1.36 per 
share annualized in the prior year. 

During the year ended April 30, 2020, our Board of Directors approved an additional share repurchase program of $200 million  of 
Class  A  or  B  Common  Stock.  As  of  April  30,  2022,  we  had  authorization  from  our  Board  of  Directors  to  purchase  up  to  $197.5 
million that was remaining under this program. During the year ended April 30, 2022, we purchased $2.5 million under this program.  
No share repurchases were made under this program during the years ended April 30, 2021 and 2020. 

The  share  repurchase program  described  above  is  in  addition  to  the  share  repurchase  program  approved  by our  Board  of  Directors 
during the year ended April 30, 2017 of four million shares of Class A or B Common Stock. As of April 30, 2022, no additional shares 
were remaining under this program for purchase.  

The following table summarizes the shares repurchased of Class A and B Common Stock (shares in thousands): 

Shares repurchased – Class A 
Shares repurchased – Class B 
Average Price – Class A and Class B 

Years Ended April 30, 
2021 

2022 

2020 

542     
2    
55.14    $ 

308     
2    

50.93   $ 

1,080 
2 
43.05 

$ 

RECENTLY ISSUED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS, ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE, AND 
DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS 

We  are  subject  to  numerous  recently  issued  statements  of  financial  accounting  standards,  accounting  guidance,  and  disclosure 
requirements. The information set forth in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Note 2, “Summary of 
Significant  Accounting  Policies,  Recently  Issued  and  Recently  Adopted  Accounting  Standards,”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated 
Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference and describes these new accounting standards. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES: 

The  preparation  of  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  related  disclosures  in  conformity  with  US GAAP  requires  our 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates 
include, among other items, sales return reserves, allocation of acquisition purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, 
goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, intangible assets with definite lives and other long-lived assets, and retirement plans. 
We  review  these  estimates  and  assumptions periodically  using  historical  experience  and other factors  and reflect  the  effects  of  any 
revisions  on  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  in  the  period  we  determine  any  revisions  to  be  necessary.  Actual  results  could 
differ from those estimates, which could affect the reported results. In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” 
in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” of the Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements includes a summary of the significant accounting policies and methods used in preparation of 
our Consolidated Financial Statements. Set forth below is a discussion of our more critical accounting policies and methods. 

Revenue Recognition:  

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 3, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” of 
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our revenue recognition policy. 

Sales Return Reserves:  

In  Part  II,  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,”  see  Note  2,  “Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies, 
Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” in the section “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our sales return reserves. 

A one percent change in the estimated sales return rate could affect net income by approximately $1.7 million. A change in the pattern 
or trends in returns could also affect the estimated allowance. 

Index 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allocation of Acquisition Purchase Price to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed:  

In connection with acquisitions, we allocate the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on the 
estimates  of  fair  value  for  such  items,  including  intangible  assets.  The  excess  of  the  purchase  consideration  over  the  fair  value  of 
assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  is  recorded  as  goodwill.  The  determination  of  the  acquisition  date  fair  value  of  the  assets 
acquired, and liabilities assumed, requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions, such as, if applicable, forecasted revenue 
growth  rates  and  operating  cash  flows,  royalty  rates,  customer  attrition  rates,  obsolescence  rates  of  developed  technology,  and 
discount rates. We may use a third-party valuation consultant to assist in the determination of such estimates. 

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 4, “Acquisitions,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements for details of our acquisitions. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets:  

Goodwill is reviewed for possible impairment at least annually on a reporting unit level during the fourth quarter of each year. Our 
annual impairment assessment date is February 1. A review of goodwill may be initiated before or after conducting the annual analysis 
if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may no longer be recoverable. 

A  reporting  unit  is  the  operating  segment  unless,  at  businesses  one  level  below  that  operating  segment–  the  “component”  level, 
discrete  financial  information  is  prepared  and  regularly reviewed  by  management,  and the  component  has  economic  characteristics 
that are different from the economic characteristics of the other components of the operating segment, in which case the component is 
the reporting unit. 

As part of the annual impairment test, we may elect to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not 
that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount.  In  a  qualitative  assessment,  we  would  consider  the 
macroeconomic  conditions,  including  any  deterioration  of  general  conditions  and  industry  and  market  conditions,  including  any 
deterioration  in  the  environment  where  the  reporting  unit  operates,  increased  competition,  changes  in  the  products/services  and 
regulatory and political developments, cost of doing business, overall financial performance, including any declining cash flows and 
performance in relation to planned revenues and earnings in past periods, other relevant reporting unit specific facts, such as changes 
in management or key personnel or pending litigation, and events affecting the reporting unit, including changes in the carrying value 
of net assets. 

If  the  results  of  our  qualitative  assessment  indicate  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its 
carrying amount, we are required to perform a quantitative assessment to determine the fair value of the reporting unit. 

Alternatively, if an optional qualitative goodwill impairment assessment is not performed, we may perform a quantitative assessment. 
Under  the  quantitative  assessment,  we  compare  the  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit  to  its  carrying  value,  including  the  goodwill 
allocated  to  the  reporting  unit.  If  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  exceeded  its  carrying  value,  there  would  be  no  indication  of 
impairment. If the fair value of the reporting unit were less than the carrying value, an impairment charge would be recognized for the 
difference. 

We  derive  an  estimate  of  fair  values  for  each  of  our  reporting  units  using  a  combination  of  an  income  approach  and  a  market 
approach,  each  based  on  an  applicable  weighting.  We  assess  the  applicable  weighting  based  on  such  factors  as  current  market 
conditions  and  the  quality  and  reliability  of  the  data.  Absent  an  indication  of  fair  value  from  a  potential  buyer  or  similar  specific 
transactions, we believe that the use of these methods provides a reasonable estimate of a reporting unit’s fair value. 

Fair  value  computed  by  these  methods  is  arrived  at  using  a  number  of  key  assumptions  including  forecasted  revenues  and  related 
growth rates, forecasted operating cash flows, the discount rate, and the selection of relevant market multiples of comparable publicly-
traded companies with similar characteristics to the reporting unit.  There are inherent uncertainties, however, related to these factors 
and  to  our  judgment  in  applying  them  to  this  analysis.  We  believe  that  the  combination  of  these  methods  provides  a  reasonable 
approach to estimate the fair value of our reporting units. Assumptions for sales, net earnings, and cash flows for each reporting unit 
were consistent among these methods. 

Fiscal Year 2022 and 2021 Annual Goodwill Impairment Test 

As of February 1, 2022 and 2021, we completed our annual goodwill impairment test for our reporting units. We concluded that  the 
fair values of our reporting units were above their carrying values and, therefore, there was no indication of impairment. 

Index 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Approach Used to Determine Fair Values 

The  income  approach  is  based  upon  the  present  value  of  expected  cash  flows.  Expected  cash  flows  are  converted  to  present  value 
using factors that consider the timing and risk of the future cash flows. The estimate of cash flows used is prepared on an unleveraged 
debt-free basis. We use a discount rate that reflects a market-derived weighted average cost of capital. We believe that this approach is 
appropriate  because  it  provides  a  fair  value  estimate  based  upon  the  reporting  unit’s  expected  long-term  operating  and  cash  flow 
performance. The projections are based upon our best estimates of forecasted economic and market conditions over the related  period 
including growth rates, expected changes in forecasted operating cash flows, and cash expenditures. Other estimates and assumptions 
include terminal value long-term growth rates, provisions for income taxes, future capital expenditures, and changes in future cashless, 
debt-free working capital. 

Changes in any of these assumptions could materially impact the estimated fair value of our reporting units. Our forecasts take into 
account  the  near  and  long-term  expected  business  performance,  considering  the  long-term  market  conditions  and  business  trends 
within  the  reporting  units.  For  example,  each  reporting  unit  includes  an  assumption  regarding  any  continued  impact  of  COVID-19 
from both a current and long-term perspective. However, changes in this assumption may impact our ability to recover the allocated 
goodwill in the future. For further discussion of the factors that could result in a change in our assumptions, see “Risk Factors” in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Market Approach Used to Determine Fair Values 

The  market approach estimates the  fair value  of the  reporting unit by applying multiples of operating performance measures to the 
reporting  unit’s  operating  performance  (the  Guideline  Public  Company  Method).  These  multiples  are  derived  from  comparable 
publicly-traded companies with similar investment characteristics to the reporting unit, and such comparable data  are reviewed and 
updated as needed annually. We believe that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate using multiples from 
entities with operations and economic characteristics comparable to our reporting units and Wiley.  

The key estimates and assumptions that are used to determine fair value under this market approach include current and forward 12-
month  revenue  and  EBITDA  results,  as  applicable,  and  the  selection  of  the  relevant  multiples  to  be  applied.  Under  the  Guideline 
Public Company Method, a control premium, or an amount that a buyer is usually willing to pay over the current market price of a 
publicly  traded  company  is  considered,  and  applied  to  the  calculated  equity  values  to  adjust  the  public  trading  value  upward  for  a 
100% ownership interest, where applicable. 

In order to assess the reasonableness of the calculated fair values of our reporting units, we  also compare the sum of the reporting 
units’ fair values to our market capitalization and calculate an implied control premium (the excess of the sum of the reporting units’ 
fair  values  over  the  market  capitalization).  We  evaluate  the  control  premium  by  comparing  it  to  control  premiums  of  recent 
comparable  market  transactions.  If  the  implied  control  premium  is  not  reasonable  in  light  of  these  recent  transactions,  we  will 
reevaluate our fair value estimates of the reporting units by adjusting the discount rates and/or other assumptions. 

If  our  assumptions  and  related  estimates  change  in  the  future,  or  if  we  change  our  reporting  unit  structure  or  other  events  and 
circumstances  change  (such  as  a  sustained  decrease  in  the  price  of  our  common  stock,  a  decline  in  current  market  multiples,  a 
significant  adverse  change  in  legal  factors  or  business  climates,  an  adverse  action  or  assessment  by  a  regulator,  heightened 
competition, strategic decisions made in response to economic or competitive conditions, or a more-likely-than-not expectation that a 
reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or disposed of), we may be required to record impairment charges 
in future periods. Any impairment charges that we may take in the future could be material to our consolidated results of operations 
and financial condition. 

Fiscal Year 2020 Annual Goodwill Impairment Test 

As of February 1, 2020, we completed our annual goodwill impairment test for our reporting units. We concluded that the fair  values 
of our Research Publishing & Platforms and Academic & Professional Learning reporting units were above their carrying values and, 
therefore, there was no indication of impairment.   

Index 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During our annual goodwill impairment test initiated on February 1, 2020, we identified indicators that the goodwill of the Education 
Services business was impaired due to underperformance, as compared with our acquisition case projections for revenue growth and 
operating  cash  flow.  Subsequently,  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2020,  we  determined  that  our  updated  revenue  and 
operating cash flow projections would be further impacted by anticipated near-term headwinds due to COVID-19, including adverse 
impacts on new student starts and student reenrollment. Therefore, we updated the impairment test as of March 31, 2020 to reflect this 
change in circumstances. As a result, we concluded that the carrying value was above the fair value, resulting in a noncash goodwill 
impairment of $110.0 million. This charge is reflected in Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets in the Consolidated Statements 
of Income (Loss).  

The material assumptions underlying the estimate of the fair value of the Education Services reporting unit included the following: 

•  Future  cash  flow  assumptions  –  the  projections  for  future  cash  flows  utilized  in  the  model  were  derived  from  historical 
experience and assumptions regarding future growth and profitability of the reporting unit. These projections are consistent 
with  our  operating  budget  and  strategic  plan.  We  applied  a  compounded  annual  growth  rate  of  approximately  6.8%  for 
forecasted  sales  in  our  projected  cash  flows  through  fiscal  year  2028.  Beyond  the  forecasted  period,  a  terminal  value  was 
determined using a perpetuity growth rate of 3.0% to reflect our estimate of stable and perpetual growth. 

•  Weighted average cost of capital (WACC) – the WACC is the rate used to discount the reporting unit’s estimated future cash 
flows. The WACC is calculated based on a proportionate weighting of the cost of debt and equity. The cost of equity is based 
on  a  capital  asset  pricing  model  and  includes  a  company-specific  risk  premium  to  capture  the  perceived  risks  and 
uncertainties associated with the reporting unit’s projected cash flows. The cost of debt component is calculated based on the 
after-tax cost of debt of Moody’s Baa-rated corporate bonds. The cost of debt and equity is weighted based on the debt to 
market  capitalization  ratio  of  publicly  traded  companies  with  similarities  to  the  Education  Services  reporting  unit.  The 
WACC applied to the Education Services reporting unit was 11.0%.    

•  Valuation Multiples – for the Guideline Public Company Method, we applied relevant current and forward 12-month revenue 
multiples  based  on  an  evaluation  of  multiples  of  publicly-traded  companies  with  similarities  to  the  Education  Services 
reporting unit. The multiples applied ranged from 1.3 to 1.4x revenue. 

•  Equal weighting was applied to the income and market approach when determining the overall fair value calculation for the 

Education Services reporting unit. 

The  following  hypothetical  changes  in  the  valuation  of  the  Education  Services  reporting  unit  would  have  impacted  the  goodwill 
impairment as follows: 

•  A  hypothetical  1%  increase  to  revenue  growth  and  EBITDA  margins  would  have  reduced  the  impairment  charge  by 

approximately $16.0 million.   

•  A  hypothetical  1%  decrease  to  revenue  growth  and  EBITDA  margins  would  have  increased  the  impairment  charge  by 

approximately $19.0 million.  

•  A  hypothetical  change  to  the  weightings  by  applying  a  weighting  of  25%  to  the  income  approach  and  75%  to  the market 

approach would have increased the impairment charge by approximately $2.0 million. 

Prior to performing the goodwill impairment test for Education Services,  we also evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets of 
the reporting unit. The carrying value of the long-lived assets that were tested for impairment was $434.0 million. When indicators of 
impairment  are  present,  we  test  definite  lived  and  long-lived  assets  for  recoverability  by  comparing  the  carrying  value  of  an  asset 
group to an estimate of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. 
We considered the lower-than-expected revenue and operating cash flows over a sustained period of time and downward revisions to 
our cash flow forecasts for this reporting unit to be indicators of impairment for their long-lived assets. Based on the results of the 
recoverability  test,  we  determined  that  the  undiscounted  cash  flows  of  the  asset  group  of  the  Education  Services  reporting  unit 
exceeded the carrying value. Therefore, there was no impairment. 

Fiscal Year 2022 and 2021 Annual Indefinite-lived Intangible Impairment Test 

We also review our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, which consists of brands and trademarks and certain 
acquired publishing rights. As of February 1, 2022 and 2021, we completed our annual impairment test related to the indefinite-lived 
intangible assets. We  concluded that the fair values of these indefinite-lived intangible assets were above  their carrying values and, 
therefore, there was no indication of impairment. 

We estimate the fair value of these assets using a relief from royalty method under an income approach. The key assumptions for this 
method are revenue projections, a royalty rate as determined by management in consultation with valuation experts, and a discount 
rate.  

Index 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year 2020 Annual Indefinite-lived Intangible Impairment Test  

We  recorded  a  pretax  noncash  impairment  charge  of  $89.5  million  for  our  Blackwell  trademark,  which  was  acquired  in  2007  and 
carried  as  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  primarily  related  to  our  Research  Publishing  &  Platforms  segment.  The  impairment 
reflected  our  decision  to  simplify  Wiley’s  brand  portfolio  and  unify  our  research  journal  content  under  one  Wiley  brand,  which 
sharply limited the use of the Blackwell trade name. This impairment resulted in writing off substantially all of the carrying value of 
the intangible trademark asset. This charge is reflected in Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets in the Consolidated Statements 
of  Income  (Loss).  The  resulting  noncash  impairment  charge  is  entirely  unrelated  to  COVID-19  or  the  expected  future  financial 
performance of the Research Publishing & Platforms segment.  

See  Note  11,  “Goodwill  and Intangible  Assets,”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  details  of  our  goodwill  and 
indefinite-lived intangible balances, and the review performed in the year ended April 30, 2022 and other related information. 

Intangible Assets with Definite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets:  

See  Note  2,  “Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  Recently  Issued,  and  Recently  Adopted  Accounting  Standards,”  in  the 
section “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of definite lived 
intangible assets and other long-lived assets. 

Retirement Plans:  

We provide defined benefit pension plans for certain employees worldwide. Our Board of Directors approved amendments to the US, 
Canada, and UK defined benefit plans that froze the future accumulation of benefits effective June 30, 2013, December 31, 2015, and 
April  30,  2015,  respectively.  Under  the  amendments,  no  new  employees  will  be  permitted  to  enter  these  plans  and  no  additional 
benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after the effective dates of the amendments. 

The  accounting  for  benefit  plans  is  highly  dependent  on  assumptions  concerning  the  outcome  of  future  events  and  circumstances, 
including  discount  rates,  long-term  return  rates  on  pension  plan  assets,  healthcare  cost  trends,  compensation  increases,  and  other 
factors. In determining such assumptions, we consult with outside actuaries and other advisors.  

The discount rates for the US, Canada, and UK pension plans are based on the derivation of a single-equivalent discount rate using a 
standard spot rate curve and the timing of expected benefit payments as of the balance sheet date. The spot rate curves are based upon 
portfolios  of  corporate  bonds  rated  at  Aa  or  above  by  a  respected  rating  agency.  The  discount  rate  for  Germany  is  based  on  the 
expected benefit payments for the sample mixed population plan. The expected long-term rates of return on pension plan assets are 
estimated using forecasted returns for equities and bonds applied to each plan’s target asset allocation. The expected long-term rates 
are then compared to the historic investment performance of the plan assets and established by asset class, including an anticipated 
inflation  rate.  The  expected  long-term  rates  are  then  compared  to  the  historic  investment  performance  of  the  plan  assets  as  well  as 
future  expectations,  and  estimated  through  consultation  with  investment  advisors  and  actuaries.  Salary  growth  and  healthcare  cost 
trend  assumptions  are  based  on  our  historical  experience  and  future  outlook.  While  we  believe  that  the  assumptions  used  in  these 
calculations  are  reasonable,  differences  in  actual  experience  or  changes  in  assumptions  could  materially  affect  the  expense  and 
liabilities  related  to  our  defined  benefit  pension  plans.  A  hypothetical  one  percent  increase  in  the  discount  rate  would  increase  net 
income  and  decrease  the  accrued  pension  liability  by  approximately  $0.9  million  and  $111.0  million,  respectively.  A  one  percent 
decrease in the discount rate would increase net income and increase the accrued pension liability by approximately $0.4 million and 
$133.8 million, respectively. A one percent change in the expected long-term rate of return would affect net income by approximately 
$5.9 million.  

Index 

51 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

We are exposed to market risk primarily related to interest rates, foreign exchange, and credit risk. It is our policy to monitor these exposures, 
and  to  use  derivative  financial investments  and/or  insurance  contracts  from  time  to  time  to  reduce  fluctuations  in  earnings and  cash  flows 
when it is deemed appropriate to do so. We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. 

Interest Rates: 

From  time  to  time,  we  may  use  interest  rate  swaps,  collars,  or  options  to  manage  our  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  interest  rates.  It  is 
management’s intention that the notional amount of interest rate swaps be less than the variable rate loans outstanding during the life of the 
derivatives. 

The information set forth in Note 15, “Derivative Instruments and Activities,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under the 
caption “Interest Rate Contracts,” is incorporated herein by reference. 

On  an  annual basis,  a  hypothetical  1%  change  in  interest  rates  for  the  $287.0  million of  unhedged variable  rate  debt  as  of April  30,  2022 
would affect net income and cash flow by approximately $2.3 million. 

Foreign Exchange Rates: 

Fluctuations  in  the  currencies  of  countries  where  we  operate  outside  the  US  may  have  a  significant  impact  on  financial  results.  We  are 
primarily  exposed  to  movements  in  British  pound  sterling,  euros,  Canadian  and  Australian  dollars,  and  certain  currencies  in  Asia.  The 
statements  of  financial  position  of  non-US  business  units  are  translated  into  US  dollars  using  period-end  exchange  rates  for  assets  and 
liabilities and the Statements of Income are translated into US dollars using weighted-average exchange rates for revenues and expenses. The 
percentage  of  consolidated  revenue  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2022  recognized  in  the  following  currencies  (on  an  equivalent  US  dollar 
basis) were approximately: 56% US dollar, 25% British pound sterling, 10% euro, and 9% other currencies. 

Our  significant  investments  in  non-US  businesses  are  exposed  to  foreign  currency  risk. Adjustments  resulting  from  translating  assets  and 
liabilities are reported as a separate component of Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax within Shareholders’ Equity 
under the caption Foreign currency translation adjustment. During the year ended April 30,  2022, we recorded foreign currency translation 
losses in Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax of approximately $71.6 million primarily as a result of the fluctuations of the 
US dollar relative to the British pound sterling and, to a lesser extent, the euro. During the year ended April 30, 2021, we recorded foreign 
currency translation gains in Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax of approximately $82.8 million primarily as a result of 
the fluctuations of the US dollar relative to the British pound sterling and, to a lesser extent, the euro. During the year ended April 30, 2020, 
we  recorded  foreign  currency  translation  losses  in  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss,  net  of  tax  of  approximately  $28.6  million, 
primarily as a result of the fluctuations of the US dollar relative to the British pound sterling and, to a lesser extent, the euro. 

Exchange  rate  gains  or  losses  related  to  foreign  currency  transactions  are  recognized  as  transaction  gains  or  losses  on  the  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Income  (Loss)  as  incurred.  Under  certain  circumstances,  we  may  enter  into  derivative  financial  instruments  in  the  form  of 
foreign currency forward contracts to hedge against specific transactions, including intercompany purchases and loans. 

The information set forth in Note 15, “Derivative Instruments and Activities,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under the 
caption “Foreign Currency Contracts,” is incorporated herein by reference. 

Customer Credit Risk: 

In the journal publishing business, subscriptions are primarily sourced through journal subscription agents who, acting as agents for library 
customers, facilitate ordering by consolidating the subscription orders/billings of each subscriber with various publishers.  Cash is generally 
collected in advance from subscribers by the subscription agents and is principally remitted to us between the months of December and April. 
Although at fiscal yearend we had minimal credit risk exposure to these agents, future calendar year subscription receipts from these agents 
are  highly  dependent  on  their  financial  condition  and  liquidity.  Subscription  agents  account  for  approximately  15%  of  total  annual 
consolidated revenue, and no one agent accounts for more than 10% of total annual consolidated revenue. 

Our book business is not dependent upon a single customer; however, the industry is concentrated in national, regional, and online bookstore 
chains. Although no book customer accounts for more than 8% of total consolidated revenue and 10% of accounts receivable at April 30, 
2022, the top 10 book customers account for approximately 12% of total consolidated revenue and approximately 18% of accounts receivable 
at April 30, 2022. 

Index 

52 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

The following Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes are filed as part of this report. 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

Financial Statements 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position April 30, 2022 and 2021 

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) for the years ended April 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended April 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended April 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended April 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 1.    Description of Business 

Note 2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards 

Note 3.    Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers 

Note 4.    Acquisitions 

Note 5.    Reconciliation of Weighted Average Shares Outstanding 

Note 6.    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

Note 7.    Restructuring and Related (Credits) Charges 

Note 8.    Inventories 

Note 9.    Product Development Assets 

Note 10.  Technology, Property, and Equipment 

Note 11.  Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Note 12.  Operating Leases 

Note 13.  Income Taxes 

Note 14.  Debt and Available Credit Facilities 

Note 15.  Derivative Instruments and Activities 

Note 16.  Commitment and Contingencies 

Note 17.  Retirement Plans 

Note 18.  Stock-Based Compensation 

Note 19.  Capital Stock and Changes in Capital Accounts 

Note 20.  Segment Information 

Note 21.  Subsequent Events 

Financial Statement Schedule 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended April 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020 

58 

59 

60 

61 

62 

63 

63 

69 

75 

79 

79 

80 

81 

81 

82 

82 

85 

87 

89 

91 

92 

92 

96 

99 

101 

103 

110 

Index 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

To our Shareholders 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

The management of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control 
over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal 
control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control 
– Integrated Framework issued by COSO, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective 
as of April 30, 2022.  

There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to 
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting during fiscal year 2022. 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2022 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent 
registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein. 

The Company’s Corporate Governance Principles, Committee Charters, Business Conduct and Ethics Policy and the Code of Ethics 
for  Senior  Financial  Officers  are  published  on  our  web  site  at  www.wiley.com  under  the  “About  Wiley—Corporate  Governance” 
captions.  Copies are also available free of charge to shareholders on request to the Corporate Secretary, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 111 
River Street, Hoboken, NJ 07030-5774. 

/s/ Brian A. Napack 
Brian A. Napack 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Christina Van Tassell 
Christina Van Tassell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

/s/ Christopher F. Caridi 
Christopher F. Caridi 
Senior Vice President, Global Corporate Controller, and 
Chief Accounting Officer 

June 24, 2022 

Index 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors  
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the 
Company)  as  of  April  30,  2022  and  2021,  the related  consolidated  statements  of  income  (loss),  comprehensive  income  (loss),  cash 
flows, and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 30, 2022, and the related notes and financial 
statement schedule II (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present 
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of April 30,  2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations 
and  its  cash  flows  for  each of  the  years  in  the  three-year period  ended  April  30,  2022,  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted 
accounting principles. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(PCAOB),  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  April  30,  2022,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal 
Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our 
report  dated  June  24,  2022  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting. 

Basis for Opinion 

These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an 
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB 
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, 
on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included 
evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matters 

The  critical  audit  matters  communicated  below  are  matters  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  that  were  communicated  or  required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that:  (1)  relate  to  accounts  or 
disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or 
complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial 
statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions  on the 
critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. 

Evaluation of the sufficiency of audit evidence over certain subscriber and publishing revenue 

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial  statements, the Company generated revenue of $1,057.0 million from 
Research  Publishing  Products,  including  Journal  Subscriptions,  $350.0  million  from  Education  Publishing  Products, 
including  Education  (print  and  digital)  Publishing,  and  $296.8  million  from  Professional  Learning  Products,  including 
Professional  Publishing,  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2022.  The  Company’s  uses  multiple  information  technology  (IT) 
systems to record revenue. 

We identified the evaluation of the sufficiency of audit evidence over revenue from Journal Subscriptions, Education (print 
and digital)  Publishing, and  Professional  Publishing  as  a  critical  audit  matter.  Evaluating  the  sufficiency  of  audit  evidence 
obtained involved IT professionals with specialized skills and knowledge and required especially subjective auditor judgment 
because of the multiple revenue recognition processes, IT applications, and data interfaces. 

Index 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We performed risk assessment 
procedures  and  applied  auditor  judgment  to  determine  the  nature  and  extent  of  procedures  to  be  performed  over  Journal 
Subscriptions, Education (print and digital) Publishing, and Professional Publishing revenue, including the determination of 
the  IT  systems  where  those  procedures  were  to  be  performed  based  on  the  nature  of  the  information  processed  by  those 
systems. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls over the related revenue 
recognition processes. We involved IT professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in testing 1) certain 
general IT controls, and 2) certain application controls within those revenue recognition process, including the interface of 
relevant  revenue  data  between  different  IT  systems  used  therein.  On  a  sample  basis,  we  also  tested  certain  Journal 
Subscriptions, Education (print and digital) Publishing, and Professional Publishing revenue by tracing the recorded amounts 
for  specific  transactions  back  to  underlying  documentation.  We  evaluated  the  sufficiency  of  audit  evidence  obtained  over 
revenue by assessing the results of procedures performed.  

/s/ KPMG LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002. 

New York, New York 
June 24, 2022 

Index 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

We  have  audited  John Wiley &  Sons,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries’  (the  Company)  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as of April  30,  2022, 
based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as 
of April 30, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the 
consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  of  the  Company  as  of  April  30,  2022  and  2021,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of 
income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), cash flows, and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 
30, 2022, and the related notes and financial statement schedule II (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated 
June 24, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

Basis for Opinion  

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the 
effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  On  Internal  Control  Over 
Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our 
audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in 
accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the 
PCAOB. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB.  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to 
obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our 
audit of internal control over  financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing 
the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and operating effectiveness  of  internal  control  based on  the 
assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our 
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of 
records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of 
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes  in conditions, or 
that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

New York, New York 
June 24, 2022 

Index 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION 
In thousands 

Assets:  
Current assets  

Cash and cash equivalents  
Accounts receivable, net 
Inventories, net 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  

Total current assets  

Technology, property, and equipment, net  
Intangible assets, net 
Goodwill  
Operating lease right-of-use assets 
Other non-current assets  

Total assets  

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:  
Current liabilities  

Accounts payable  
Accrued royalties 
Short-term portion of long-term debt 
Contract liabilities 
Accrued employment costs  
Short-term portion of operating lease liabilities 
Other accrued liabilities  
Total current liabilities  

Long-term debt  
Accrued pension liability  
Deferred income tax liabilities  
Operating lease liabilities 
Other long-term liabilities  
Total liabilities 

Shareholders’ equity  

$ 

$ 

$ 

April 30, 

2022 

2021 

100,397    $ 
331,960      
36,585      
81,924      
550,866      

271,572      
931,429      
1,302,142      
111,719  
193,967      
3,361,695    $ 

77,438    $ 
101,596  
18,750  
538,126      
117,121      
20,576  
95,812      
969,419      

768,277      
78,622      
180,065      
132,541  
90,502      

2,219,426  

93,795 
311,571 
42,538 
78,393 
526,297 

282,270 
1,015,302 
1,304,340 
121,430 
196,800 
3,446,439 

95,791 
78,582 
12,500 
545,425 
144,744 
22,440 
89,490 
988,972 

809,088 
146,247 
172,903 
145,832 
92,106 
2,355,148 

Preferred stock, $1 par value: Authorized – 2 million, Issued – 0 
Class A common stock, $1 par value: Authorized – 180 million, Issued – 70,226 and 70,208 as of April 

30, 2022 and 2021, respectively 

Class B common stock, $1 par value: Authorized – 72 million, Issued – 12,956 and 12,974 as of April 

—      

— 

70,226      

70,208 

30, 2022 and 2021, respectively 

Additional paid-in capital  
Retained earnings  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss:  

Foreign currency translation adjustment  
Unamortized retirement costs, net of tax  
Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps, net of tax  

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax 
Less: treasury shares at cost (Class A – 23,515 and 23,419 as of April 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively, 

Class B – 3,924 and 3,922 as of April 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively) 
Total shareholders’ equity  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity  

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

12,956      
459,297      
1,921,160      

(329,566)      
(182,226)      
3,646      
(508,146)      

(813,224)      
1,142,269      
3,361,695    $ 

$ 

12,974 
444,358 
1,850,058 

(257,941) 
(228,146) 
(4,703) 
(490,790) 

(795,517) 
1,091,291 
3,446,439 

Index 

58 

 
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
      
  
  
      
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) 
Dollars in thousands, except per share information 

Revenue, net 

Costs and expenses  

Cost of sales 
Operating and administrative expenses 
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
Restructuring and related (credits) charges  
Amortization of intangible assets  
Total costs and expenses  

Operating income (loss) 

Interest expense  
Foreign exchange transaction (losses) gains  
Gain on sale of certain assets 
Other income, net 

Income (loss) before taxes  
Provision for income taxes  

Net income (loss)  

Earnings (loss) per share:  

Basic  
Diluted  

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding: 

Basic  
Diluted  

$ 

$ 

$  
$ 

2022 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2021  
1,941,501    $ 

2,082,928   $ 

2020 
1,831,483 

700,658     
1,079,585     
—    
(1,427)     
84,836     
1,863,652     

625,335      
1,022,660      

—  
33,310      
74,685      
1,755,990      

591,024 
997,355 
202,348 
32,607 
62,436 
1,885,770 

219,276     

185,511      

(54,287) 

(19,802)     
(3,192)     
3,694    
9,685     

(18,383)      
(7,977)      
—  
16,761      

209,661     
61,352     

175,912      
27,656      

(24,959) 
2,773 
— 
13,381 

(63,092) 
11,195 

148,309   $ 

148,256    $ 

(74,287) 

2.66   $ 
2.62   $ 

2.65    $  
2.63    $ 

(1.32) 
(1.32) 

55,759     
56,598     

55,930      
56,461      

56,209 
56,209 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Index 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
      
       
  
  
      
       
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
      
       
  
  
  
  
      
       
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
      
       
  
  
  
      
       
  
  
      
       
  
  
  
      
       
  
  
      
       
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 
Dollars in thousands 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2021 

2022 

2020 

Net income (loss)  

$ 

148,309    $ 

148,256    $ 

(74,287) 

Other comprehensive income (loss):  

Foreign currency translation adjustment  
Unamortized retirement costs, net of tax (expense) benefit of $(13,440), 

$(2,103), and $10,137, respectively 

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps, net of tax (expense) benefit of 

$(2,787), $(657), and $2,114, respectively 

Total other comprehensive income (loss) 

(71,625)      

82,762      

(28,596) 

45,920      

(226)      

(31,863) 

8,349      
(17,356)      

2,171      
84,707      

(6,300) 
(66,759) 

Comprehensive income (loss)  

$ 

130,953    $ 

232,963    $ 

(141,046) 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Index 

60 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
       
       
  
  
       
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
       
  
 
 
 
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
Dollars in thousands 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2021 

2020 

2022 

Operating activities  
Net income (loss) 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: 

$ 

148,309    $ 

148,256    $ 

(74,287) 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Amortization of product development assets 
Depreciation and amortization of technology, property, and equipment 
Restructuring and related (credits) charges 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Employee retirement plan expense 
Foreign exchange transaction losses (gains) 
Gain on sale of certain assets 
Other noncash charges  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities 

Accounts receivable, net 
Inventories, net 
Accounts payable and accrued royalties 
Contract liabilities 
Restructuring payments 
Other accrued liabilities 
Employee retirement plan contributions 
Operating lease liabilities 
Other 

Net cash provided by operating activities  

Investing activities  

Product development spending  
Additions to technology, property, and equipment  
Businesses acquired in purchase transactions, net of cash acquired 
Proceeds related to the sale of certain assets 
Acquisitions of publication rights and other 
Net cash used in investing activities  

Financing activities  

Repayments of long-term debt  
Borrowings of long-term debt  
Payment of debt issuance costs 
Purchases of treasury shares 
Change in book overdrafts  
Cash dividends  
Impact of tax withholding on stock-based compensation and other 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash 
Cash reconciliation: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Balance at beginning of year 
Increase/(decrease) for year 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Balance at end of year 

Cash paid during the year for:  

Interest  
Income taxes, net of refunds 

Noncash items: 

Shares issued in connection with the acquisition of a business 

—    
84,836      
35,162      
95,172      
(1,427)      
25,705      
19,146      
3,192    
(3,694)    
37,128      

(26,318)    
2,311    
16,373    
9,973    
(5,911)    
(13,476)    
(46,729)    
(29,737)    
(10,915)    
339,100      

(27,015)      
(88,843)      
(75,703)    
3,375    
(5,838)      
(194,024)      

(661,873)      
650,877      
—    
(30,000)      
(6,327)      
(77,205)      
(7,110)      
(131,638)      
(7,070)      

—  
74,685   
34,365   
91,139   
33,310   
21,982   
12,975   
7,977  
—  
35,138   

(7,263)  
7,842  
(31,121)  
14,164  
(19,667)  
28,142  
(40,676)  
(32,344)  
(18,981)  
359,923   

(25,954)   
(77,407)   
(299,942)  
—  
(29,851)   
(433,154)   

(562,752)   
593,405   
—  
(15,765)   
18,398   
(76,938)   
(3,434)   
(47,086)   
11,629   

93,795    
564    
94,359    
6,368    
100,397    
330      
100,727    $ 

202,464  
583  
203,047  
(108,688)  
93,795  
564   
94,359    $ 

17,834    $ 
48,887    $ 

17,171    $ 
41,064    $ 

7,363   $ 

—   $ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

202,348 
62,436 
35,975 
76,716 
32,607 
20,009 
10,832 
(2,773) 
— 
7,115 

(2,962) 
(2,714) 
14,588 
(118) 
(12,563) 
(13,779) 
(33,729) 
(28,243) 
(3,023) 
288,435 

(26,608) 
(88,593) 
(229,629) 
— 
(1,840) 
(346,670) 

(630,551) 
934,323 
(4,006) 
(46,589) 
(48) 
(76,658) 
(3,794) 
172,677 
(4,943) 

92,890 
658 
93,548 
109,499 
202,464 
583 
203,047 

23,622 
41,537 

— 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Index 

61 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
       
    
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
       
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
       
    
  
  
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Dollars in thousands 

Class A 
common 
stock 

Class B 
common 
stock 

Additional 
paid-in 
capital 

Retained 
earnings    

Accumulated 
other 
comprehensive 
loss, net of tax   

Treasury 
stock 

Total 
shareholders’ 
equity 
1,181,347 

Balance at April 30, 2019 

$ 

70,127   $ 

13,055   $ 

422,305   $ 1,931,074   $ 

(508,738)   $ (746,476)   $ 

Restricted shares issued under stock-based 

compensation plans 

Impact of tax withholding on stock-based 

compensation and other 

Stock-based compensation expense 
Purchases of treasury shares 
Class A common stock dividends ($1.36 per 

share) 

Class B common stock dividends ($1.36 per 

—     

—     
—     
—     

—     

—     

(10,992)     

358     
20,009     
—     

—     
—     
—     

—     

—     

—     
—     
—     

—      11,347     

355 

—      (4,152)     
—     
—     
—      (46,589)     

(3,794) 
20,009 
(46,589) 

—     

(64,264)     

—     

—     

(64,264) 

share) 

Common stock class conversions 
Comprehensive loss, net of tax 
Balance at April 30, 2020  

—     
39    
—     
70,166   $ 

—     
(39)    
—     
13,016   $ 

—     
—    
—     

(12,394)     
—   
(74,287)     
431,680   $ 1,780,129   $ 

—     
—   
(66,759)     

—     
—   
—     
(575,497)   $ (785,870)   $ 

(12,394) 
— 
(141,046) 
933,624 

$ 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting 

principle, net of tax 

Restricted shares issued under stock-based 

compensation plans 

Impact of tax withholding on stock-based 

compensation and other 

Stock-based compensation expense 
Purchases of treasury shares 
Class A common stock dividends ($1.37 per 

share) 

Class B common stock dividends ($1.37 per 

—     

—     

—     
—     
—     

—    

—     

—     

(1,390)     

—     

—     

(1,390) 

—     

(10,206)     

902     
21,982     
—     

—     
—     
—     

—    

1     

—     
—     
—     

—      10,454     

249 

—      (4,336)     
—     
—     
—      (15,765)     

(3,434) 
21,982 
(15,765) 

—    

(67,614)   

—   

—   

(67,614) 

share) 

Common stock class conversions 
Comprehensive income, net of tax 
Balance at April 30, 2021 

—     
42    
—     
70,208   $ 

—     
(42)    
—     
12,974   $ 

—     
—    
—     

(9,324)     
—   
148,256     
444,358   $ 1,850,058   $ 

—     
—   
84,707     

—     
—   
—     
(490,790)   $ (795,517)   $ 

(9,324) 
— 
232,963 
1,091,291 

$ 

Restricted shares issued under stock-based 

compensation plans 

Issuance of Class A common stock related to 

the acquisition of a business 

Impact of tax withholding on stock-based 

compensation and other 

Stock-based compensation expense 
Purchases of treasury shares 
Class A common stock dividends ($1.38 per 

share) 

Class B common stock dividends ($1.38 per 

—     

—    

—     
—     
—     

—     

—     

(12,578)     

(2)     

—      12,854     

274 

—    

—     
—     
—     

—     

—    

814     
26,703     
—     

—   

—     
—     
—     

—   

7,363   

7,363 

—      (7,924)     
—     
—     
—      (30,000)     

(7,110) 
26,703 
(30,000) 

—     

(64,724)     

—     

—     

(64,724) 

share) 

Common stock class conversions 
Comprehensive income, net of tax 
Balance at April 30, 2022 

—     
18     
—     
70,226   $ 

—     
(18)     
—     
12,956   $ 

—     
—     
—     

(12,481)     
—     
148,309     
459,297   $ 1,921,160   $ 

—     
—     
(17,356)     

—     
—     
—     
(508,146)   $ (813,224)   $ 

(12,481) 
— 
130,953 
1,142,269 

$ 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Index 

62 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
      
      
      
       
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
    
    
    
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
    
    
    
   
   
   
 
 
 
    
    
    
   
   
   
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Note 1 – Description of Business 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

The Company, founded in 1807, was incorporated in the state of New York on January 15, 1904. Throughout this report, when we 
refer to “Wiley,” the “Company,” “we,”  “our,” or “us,” we are referring to John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and all our subsidiaries, except 
where the context indicates otherwise. 

Wiley  is  a  global  leader  in  scientific  research  and  career-connected  education,  unlocking  human  potential  by  enabling  discovery, 
powering  education,  and  shaping  workforces.  We  report  financial  information  in  three  segments,  as  well  as  a  Corporate  category.  
Through  the  Research  Publishing  &  Platforms  segment,  we  provide  peer-reviewed  scientific,  technical,  and  medical  (STM) 
publishing,  content  platforms,  and  related  services  to  academic,  corporate,  and  government  customers,  academic  societies,  and 
individual  researchers.  The  Academic  &  Professional  Learning  segment  provides  Education  Publishing  and  Professional  Learning 
content and courseware, training and learning services, to students, professionals, and corporations. The Education Services segment 
provides  University  Services,  including  online  program  management  (OPM)  services  for  academic  institutions,  and  Talent 
Development Services, including placement and training, for professionals and businesses. We have operations primarily located in 
the United States (US), United Kingdom (UK), India, Sri Lanka, and Germany.  

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Basis of Presentation:  

Our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  include  all  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  our  subsidiaries.  We  have  eliminated  all 
intercompany transactions and balances in consolidation. All amounts are in thousands, except per share amounts, and approximate 
due to rounding. 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021, a UK entity acquired in connection with the acquisition of mthree, which was acquired on 
January 1, 2020 was erroneously dissolved by the  Company in accordance with UK Companies Act regulations while still holding 
assets. This entity, along with its subsidiaries, (the Entity) had various net intercompany receivables owed to them from other Wiley 
companies  of  approximately  $188.8  million  as  of  April  30,  2021,  which  upon  a  dissolution  technically  would  revert  to  the  British 
Crown (Crown). Wiley petitioned to Companies House to reinstate the Entity without prejudice, which was completed in March 2022.    

When these events occurred, the Company evaluated whether it was appropriate to consolidate the assets, liabilities, and operations of 
the Entity as part of its Consolidated Financial Statements as of April 30, 2021, and for each reporting period from the Entity being 
dissolved until its reinstatement in March 2022. The Company evaluated whether there was a liability to the Crown and a related loss 
associated with the dissolution of the Entity under US GAAP in fiscal year 2021 and through to reinstatement in March 2022.  

The  Company  evaluated  the  criteria  in  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (ASC) 
Topic 810, “Consolidations,” to determine if consolidating the Entity was appropriate under US GAAP. Based on that evaluation and 
the  administrative  nature  of  the  process  to  restore,  the  Company  concluded  that  although  the  Entity  was  dissolved,  we  maintained 
control of the assets of the Entity and, therefore, appropriately consolidated the assets, liabilities, and operations of the Entity in our 
Consolidated Financial Statements as of April 30, 2021 and through to reinstatement in March 2022.   

Reclassifications: 

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. 

Index 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Use of Estimates:  

The  preparation  of  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  related  disclosures  in  conformity  with  US  GAAP  requires  our 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates 
include, among other items, sales return reserves, allocation of acquisition purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, 
goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, intangible assets with definite lives and other long-lived assets, and retirement plans. 
We  review  these  estimates  and  assumptions periodically  using  historical  experience  and other factors  and reflect  the  effects  of  any 
revisions  on  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  in  the  period  we  determine  any  revisions  to  be  necessary.  Actual  results  could 
differ from those estimates, which could affect the reported results. 

Book Overdrafts:  

Under our cash management system, a book overdraft balance exists for our primary disbursement accounts. This overdraft represents 
uncleared checks in excess of cash balances in individual bank accounts. Our funds are transferred from other existing bank account 
balances or from lines of credit as needed to fund checks presented for payment. As of April 30, 2022 and 2021, book overdrafts of 
$19.4  million  and  $25.8  million,  respectively,  were  included  in  Accounts  payable  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial 
Position. 

Revenue Recognition:  

Revenue  from  contracts  with customers  is  recognized using  a  five-step  model  consisting  of  the following:  (1)  identify  the  contract 
with  a  customer,  (2)  identify  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract,  (3)  determine  the  transaction  price,  (4)  allocate  the 
transaction  price  to  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract,  and  (5)  recognize  revenue  when  (or  as)  we  satisfy  a  performance 
obligation. Performance obligations are satisfied when we transfer control of a good or service to a customer, which can occur over 
time  or  at  a  point  in  time.  The  amount  of  revenue  recognized  is  based  on  the  consideration  to  which  we  expect  to  be  entitled  in 
exchange for those goods or services, including the expected value of variable consideration. The customer’s ability and intent to pay 
the transaction price  is assessed in determining whether a contract exists with the customer. If collectability of substantially all the 
consideration  in  a  contract  is  not  probable,  consideration  received  is  not  recognized  as  revenue  unless  the  consideration  is 
nonrefundable, and we no longer have an obligation to transfer additional goods or services to the customer, or collectability becomes 
probable. 

See Note 3, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” for further details of our revenue recognition policy. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents:  

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase 
and are stated at cost, which approximates market value, because of the short-term maturity of the instruments. 

Allowance for Credit Losses:  

We are exposed to credit losses through our accounts receivable with customers. Accounts receivable, net, is stated at amortized cost 
net of provision for credit losses. Our methodology to measure the provision for credit losses requires an estimation of loss rates based 
upon historical loss experience adjusted for factors that are relevant to determining the expected collectability of accounts receivable 
such  as,  delinquency  trends,  aging  behavior  of  receivables,  credit  and  liquidity  indicators  for  industry  groups,  customer  classes  or 
individual customers, and reasonable and supportable forecasts of the economic and geopolitical conditions that may exist through the 
contractual life of the asset. Our provision for credit losses is reviewed and revised periodically. Our accounts receivable is evaluated 
on a pool basis that is based on customer groups with similar risk characteristics. This includes consideration of the following factors 
to develop these pools: size of the customer, industry, geographical location, historical risk, and types of services or products sold. 

Our  customers’  ability to  pay  is  assessed  through  our  internal  credit  review  processes.  Based  on  the  value  of  credit  extended,  we 
assess  our  customers’  credit by  reviewing  the  total  expected  receivable  exposure,  expected  timing  of payments,  and  the  customers’ 
established  credit  rating.  In  determining  customer  creditworthiness,  we  assess  our  customers’  credit  utilizing  different  resources 
including  third-party  validations  and/or  our  own  assessment  through  analysis  of  the  customers’  financial  statements  and  review  of 
trade/bank  references.  We  also  consider  contract  terms  and  conditions,  country  and  geopolitical  risk,  and  the  customers’  mix  of 
products purchased in our evaluation. A credit limit is established for each customer based on the outcome of this review. Credit limits 
are periodically reviewed for existing customers and whenever an increase in the credit limit is being considered. When necessary, we 
utilize collection agencies and legal counsel to pursue recovery of defaulted receivables. We write off receivables only when deemed 
no longer collectible. 

Index 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following  table  presents  the  change  in  provision  for  credit  losses,  which  is  presented  net  in  Accounts  receivable  on  our 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position for the period indicated: 

Balance as of April 30, 2021 
Current period provision 
Amounts written off, less recoveries 
Foreign exchange translation adjustments and other 
Balance as of April 30, 2022 

Sales Return Reserves:  

Provision for  
Credit Losses 

$ 

$ 

21,474 
4,029 
(3,754) 
(528) 
21,221 

The process that we use to determine our sales returns and the related reserve provision charged against revenue, is based on applying 
an  estimated  return  rate  to  current  year  returnable  print  book  sales.  This  rate  is  based  upon  an  analysis  of  actual  historical  return 
experience  in  the  various  markets  and  geographic  regions  in  which  we  do  business.  We  collect,  maintain,  and  analyze  significant 
amounts  of  sales  returns  data  for  large  volumes  of  homogeneous  transactions.  This  allows  us  to  make  reasonable  estimates  of  the 
amount of future returns. All available data is utilized to identify the returns by market and to which fiscal year the sales returns apply. 
This enables management to track the returns in detail and identify and react to trends occurring in the marketplace, with the objective 
of  being  able  to  make  the  most  informed  judgments  possible  in  setting  reserve  rates.  Associated  with  the  estimated  sales  return 
reserves, we also include a related increase to inventory and a reduction to accrued royalties as a result of the expected returns. Print 
book  sales  return  reserves  amounted  to  a  net  liability  balance  of  $19.4  million  and  $22.2  million  as  of  April  30,  2022  and  2021, 
respectively. 

The reserves are reflected in the following accounts of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of April 30: 

Increase in Inventories, net  
Decrease in Accrued royalties  
Increase in Contract liabilities 
Print book sales return reserve net liability balance 

Inventories:  

2022 

2021 

7,820   $ 
(3,893)    
31,135    
(19,422)   $ 

10,886 
(4,949) 
38,034 
(22,199) 

$ 

$ 

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value. US book inventories aggregating $20.6 million and $20.4 million at 
April 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively, are valued using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. All other inventories are valued using the 
first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Finished goods not recorded at LIFO have been recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value. 

Product Development Assets:   

Product development assets consist of book composition costs and other product development  costs and were included in Other non-
current  assets  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position.  Costs  associated  with  developing  a  book  for  publication  are 
expensed until the product is determined to be commercially viable. Book composition costs represent the costs incurred to bring an 
edited commercial manuscript to publication, which include typesetting, proofreading, design, illustration costs, and digital formatting. 
Book  composition  costs  are  capitalized  and  are  generally  amortized  on  a  double-declining  basis  over  their  estimated  useful  lives, 
ranging from 1 to 3 years. Other product development costs represent the costs incurred in developing software, platforms, and digital 
content to be sold and licensed to third parties. Other product development costs are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis 
over their estimated useful lives. As of April 30, 2022, the weighted average estimated useful life of other product development costs 
was approximately 6 years. 

Royalty Advances: 

Royalty  advances  are  capitalized  and,  upon  publication,  are  expensed  as  royalties  earned  based  on  sales  of  the  published  works. 
Royalty advances are reviewed for recoverability and a reserve for loss is maintained, if appropriate.  

Index 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shipping and Handling Costs:  

Costs  incurred  for  third  party  shipping  and  handling  are  primarily  reflected  in  Operating  and  administrative  expenses  on  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  (Loss).  We  incurred  $29.0  million,  $27.8  million,  and  $28.8  million  in  shipping  and  handling 
costs in the years ended April 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively. 

Advertising and Marketing Costs:  

Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred. These costs are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) 
as follows: 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2021 

2020 

2022 

Advertising and marketing costs 

Cost of sales(1)  
Operating and administrative expenses 

$ 

 $ 

100.6 
62.9 
37.7 

 $ 

93.6 
57.0 
36.6 

103.1 
65.8 
37.3 

(1)  This  includes  certain  advertising  and  marketing  costs  incurred  by  our  Education  Services  business  to  fulfill  performance 

obligations from contracts with educational institutions. 

Technology, Property, and Equipment:  

Technology, property, and equipment is recorded at cost, except for property and equipment that have been impaired, for which we 
reduce  the  carrying  amount  to  the  estimated  fair  value  at  the  impairment  date.  Major  renewals  and  improvements  are  capitalized, 
while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. 

Technology, property, and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line method based upon the following estimated useful lives: 
Computer Software – 3 to 10 years; Computer Hardware  – 3 to 5 years; Buildings and Leasehold Improvements  – the lesser of the 
estimated useful life of the asset up to 40 years or the duration of the lease; Furniture, Fixtures, and Warehouse Equipment – 5 to 10 
years. 

Costs  incurred  for  computer  software  internally  developed  or  obtained  for  internal  use  are  capitalized  during  the  application 
development stage and expensed as incurred during the preliminary project and postimplementation stages. Costs incurred during the 
application  development  stage  include  costs  of  materials,  services,  and  payroll  and  payroll-related  costs  for  employees  who  are 
directly associated with the software project. Such costs are amortized over the expected useful life of the related software, which is 
generally 3 to 5 years. Costs related to the investment in our Enterprise Resource Planning and related systems are amortized over an 
expected useful life of 10 years. Maintenance, training, and upgrade costs that do not result in additional functionality are expensed as 
incurred. 

Allocation of Acquisition Purchase Price to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed:  

In connection with acquisitions, we allocate the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on the 
estimates of fair value for such items, including intangible assets and technology acquired.  The excess of the purchase consideration 
over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. The determination of the acquisition  date fair 
value  of  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  requires  us  to  make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions,  such  as  forecasted 
revenue growth rates and operating cash flows, royalty rates, customer attrition rates, obsolescence rates of developed technology, and 
discount rates. We may use a third-party valuation consultant to assist in the determination of such estimates. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets:  

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the following: (1) consideration transferred, (2) the fair value of any noncontrolling 
interest in the acquiree, and (3) if the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition-date fair value of our previously held 
equity  interest  in  the  acquiree  over  the  net  of  the  acquisition-date  amounts  of  the  identifiable  assets  acquired  and  the  liabilities 
assumed. 

Index 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily consist of brands and trademarks, and publishing rights, and are typically characterized by 
intellectual  property  with  a  long  and  well-established  revenue  stream  resulting  from  strong  and  well-established  imprint/brand 
recognition in the market. 

We  use  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  for  all  business  combinations  and do not amortize  goodwill  or  intangible  assets  with 
indefinite useful lives. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for possible impairment annually during 
the  fourth  quarter  of  each  fiscal  year,  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  asset  might  be 
impaired. 

Intangible Assets with Definite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets:  

Definite-lived  intangible  assets  principally  consist  of  content  and  publishing  rights,  customer  relationships,  developed  technology, 
brands  and  trademarks,  and  covenants  not  to  compete  agreements,  and  are  amortized  over  their  estimated  useful  lives.  The  most 
significant factors in determining the estimated lives of these intangibles are the history and longevity, combined with the strength and 
pattern of projected cash flows.   

Intangible assets with definite lives as of April 30,  2022, are amortized on a straight-line basis over the following weighted average 
estimated useful lives: content and publishing rights  – 26 years, customer relationships – 16 years, developed technology – 7 years, 
brands and trademarks – 11 years, and covenants not to compete agreements – 5 years. 

Assets with definite lives are evaluated for impairment upon a significant change in the operating or macroeconomic environment. In 
these circumstances, if an evaluation of the projected undiscounted cash flows indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its 
estimated fair value based on the discounted future cash flows. 

Derivative Financial Instruments:  

From time to time, we enter into foreign exchange forward and interest rate swap contracts as a hedge against foreign currency asset 
and  liability  commitments,  changes  in  interest  rates,  and  anticipated  transaction  exposures,  including  intercompany  purchases.  All 
derivatives are recognized as assets or liabilities and measured at fair value.  Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges 
are adjusted to fair value with a corresponding adjustment to earnings. We do not use financial instruments for trading or speculative 
purposes. 

Foreign Currency Gains/Losses:  

We maintain operations in many non-US locations. Assets and liabilities are translated into US dollars using end-of-period exchange 
rates and revenues, and expenses are translated into US dollars using weighted average rates. Our significant investments in  non-US 
businesses  are  exposed  to  foreign  currency  risk.  Foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  are  reported  as  a  separate  component  of 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss within Shareholders’ Equity. Foreign currency transaction gains or losses are recognized on 
the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as incurred. 

Stock-Based Compensation:  

We recognize stock-based compensation expense based on the fair value of the stock-based awards on the grant date, reduced by an 
estimate for future forfeited awards. As such, stock-based compensation expense is only recognized for those awards that are expected 
to ultimately vest. The fair value of stock-based awards is recognized in net income generally on a straight-line basis over the requisite 
service period. Stock-based compensation expense associated with performance-based stock awards is based on actual financial results 
for  targets  established  up  to  three  years  in  advance,  or  less.  The  cumulative  effect  on  current  and  prior  periods  of  a  change  in  the 
estimated number of performance share awards, or estimated forfeiture rate, is recognized as an adjustment to earnings in the period of 
the revision. If actual results differ significantly from estimates, our stock-based compensation expense and Consolidated Statements 
of Income (Loss) could be impacted. The grant date fair value for stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing 
model. The determination of the assumptions used in the  Black-Scholes model include the expected life of an option, the expected 
volatility  of  our  common  stock  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  option,  a  risk-free  interest  rate,  and  the  expected  dividend  yield. 
Judgment was also required in estimating the amount of stock-based awards that may be forfeited. 

Index 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards 

Reference Rate Reform 

In March 2020, the FASB issued  ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848), Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate 
Reform on Financial Reporting.” In January 2021, the FASB clarified the scope of that guidance with the issuance of ASU 2021-01, 
“Reference Rate Reform: Scope.” These ASUs provide optional guidance for a limited period of time to ease the burden in accounting 
for (or recognizing the effects of) reference rate reform on financial reporting.  This would apply to companies meeting certain criteria 
that  have  contracts,  hedging  relationships,  and  other  transactions  that  reference  LIBOR  or  another  reference  rate  expected  to  be 
discontinued because of reference rate  reform. This standard was effective for us immediately and may be applied prospectively to 
contract modifications made and hedging relationships entered into or evaluated on or before December 31, 2022. On December 22, 
2021, we amended the Amended and Restated RCA (as defined in Note 14, “Debt and Available Credit Facilities”) to change the rates 
for Sterling and euro denominated borrowings from LIBOR-based rates to alternative rates. We applied ASU 2020-04 at the time of 
this modification, and there was no impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. Refer to Note 14, “Debt and Available Credit 
Facilities,” for more information. The future impact of this ASU on our Consolidated Financial Statements will be based on any future 
contract modifications. 

Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes 

In  December  2019,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (ASU)  2019-12,  “Income  Taxes  (Topic  740):  Simplifying  the 
Accounting for Income Taxes.” This ASU is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes, eliminates 
certain  exceptions  within  Topic  740,  “Income  Taxes,”  and  clarifies  certain  aspects  of  the  current  guidance  to  promote  consistent 
application. We adopted ASU 2019-12 on May 1, 2021. The adoption did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial 
Statements at the time of adoption. The impact in the future would depend on any changes in tax laws and the applicable enactment 
dates.  In  accordance  with  ASU  2019-12,  the  enactment  date  is  when  any  effects  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on 
Financial  Instruments,”  and  issued  subsequent  amendments  to  the  initial  guidance  thereafter.   ASU  2016-13  requires  entities  to 
measure all expected credit losses for most financial assets held at the reporting date based on an expected loss model which includes 
historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Entities will now use forward-looking information 
to  better  form  their  credit  loss  estimates.  ASU  2016-13  also  required  enhanced  disclosures  to  help  financial  statement  users  better 
understand significant estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses.  

We adopted the new standard on May 1, 2020, with a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year 
of  adoption.  The  adoption  of  ASU  2016-13  primarily  impacted  our  trade  receivables,  specifically  our  allowance  for  doubtful 
accounts. The adoption of the standard did not have an impact on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss), or our Consolidated 
Statements of Cash Flows. See above under the caption “Allowance for Credit Losses” for a discussion of our policy.  

Intangibles-Goodwill  and  Other-Internal-Use  Software:  Customer’s  Accounting  for  Implementation  Costs  Incurred  in  a  Cloud 
Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract 

In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-15,  “Intangibles-Goodwill  and  Other-Internal-Use  Software  (Subtopic  350-40): 
Customer’s  Accounting  for  Implementation  Costs  Incurred  in  a  Cloud  Computing  Arrangement  That  is  a  Service  Contract.”  ASU 
2018-15 aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with 
the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. We adopted ASU 2018-15 
on May 1, 2020 on a prospective basis. There was no impact to our Consolidated Financial Statements at the date of adoption. 

Index 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards 

Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers 

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract 
Liabilities from Contracts with Customers.” This ASU requires that an acquirer recognize, and measure, contract assets and contract 
liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance with ASC 606 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606) as 
if it had originated the contracts. Generally, this would result in an acquirer recognizing and measuring the acquired contract assets 
and contract liabilities consistent with how they were recognized and measured in the acquiree’s financial  statements if the acquiree 
prepared  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  US  GAAP.  This  standard  is  effective  for  us  on  May  1,  2023,  including  interim 
periods within the fiscal year. Early adoption is permitted. The standard is applied prospectively to business combinations occurring 
on  or  after  the  effective  date  of  the  amendments.  The  impact  will  be  based  on  future  business  combinations  after  we  adopt  the 
standard. 

Convertible Debt Instruments, Derivatives, and EPS 

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, “Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives 
and  Hedging—Contracts  in  Entity’s  Own  Equity  (Subtopic  815-40)”.  This  ASU  reduces  the  number  of  accounting  models  for 
convertible debt instruments and convertible preferred stock, as well as amend the guidance for the derivatives scope exception for 
contracts in an entity’s own equity to reduce form-over-substance-based accounting conclusions. In addition, this ASU improves and 
amends  the  related  EPS  guidance.  This  standard  is  effective  for  us  on  May  1,  2022,  including  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal 
years. Adoption is either a modified retrospective method or a fully retrospective method of transition. There  was  no impact to our 
Consolidated Financial Statements at the date of adoption. 

Note 3 — Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers 

Disaggregation of Revenue 

The following tables present our revenue from contracts with customers disaggregated by segment and product type. 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2021 

2020 

2022 

Research Publishing & Platforms: 

Research Publishing  
Research Platforms 

Total Research Publishing & Platforms 

Academic & Professional Learning:  

Education Publishing(1) 
Professional Learning 

Total Academic & Professional Learning 

Education Services: 

University Services(2) 
Talent Development Services(1)(3) 

Total Education Services 

$ 

  $ 

1,057,022 
54,321 
1,111,343 

  $ 

972,512 
42,837 
1,015,349 

349,992 
296,831 
646,823 

226,131 
98,631 
324,762 

361,194 
280,667 
641,861 

227,700 
56,591 
284,291 

908,952 
39,887 
948,839 

351,514 
298,601 
650,115 

210,882 
21,647 
232,529 

Total Revenue 

$ 

2,082,928 

  $ 

1,941,501 

  $ 

1,831,483 

(1) 

In  May  2021,  we  moved  the  WileyNXT  product  offering  from  Academic  &  Professional  Learning  –  Education  Publishing  to 
Education Services – Talent Development Services. As a result, the prior period results related to the WileyNXT product offering 
have been included in Education Services – Talent Development Services. The Revenue was $2.7 million and $0.7 million for the 
years ended April 30, 2021 and April 30, 2020, respectively. There were no changes to our total consolidated financial results. 

(2)  University Services was previously referred to as Education Services OPM. 
(3)  Talent Development Services was previously referred to as mthree. 

Index 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
       
       
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
       
       
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
The following information describes our disaggregation of revenue by segment and product type. Overall, the majority of our revenue 
is recognized over time. 

Research Publishing & Platforms  

Research  Publishing  &  Platforms  customers  include  academic,  corporate,  government,  and  public  libraries,  funders  of  research, 
researchers,  scientists,  clinicians,  engineers  and  technologists,  scholarly  and  professional  societies,  and  students  and  professors. 
Research Publishing & Platforms products are sold and distributed globally through multiple channels, including research libraries and 
library  consortia,  independent  subscription  agents,  direct  sales  to  professional  society  members,  and  other  customers.  Publishing 
centers include Australia, China, Germany, India, the UK, and the US. The majority of revenue generated from Research Publishing & 
Platforms products is recognized over time. Total Research Publishing & Platforms revenue was $1,111.3 million in the year ended 
April 30, 2022.  

We  disaggregated  revenue  by  Research  Publishing  and  Research  Platforms  to  reflect  the  different  type  of  products  and  services 
provided.  

Research Publishing Products 

Research Publishing products provide scientific, technical, medical, and scholarly journals, as well as related content and services, to 
academic,  corporate,  and  government  libraries,  learned  societies,  and  individual  researchers  and  other  professionals.  Research 
Publishing revenue was $1,057.0 million in the year ended April 30, 2022, and the majority is recognized over time. 

Research Publishing products generate approximately 79% of its revenue from contracts with its customers from Journal Subscriptions 
(pay to read), Open Access (pay to publish), and Transformational Agreements (read and publish), and the remainder from Licensing, 
Reprints, Backfiles, and Other.  

Journal Subscriptions, Open Access, and Transformational Models 

Journal subscription contracts are negotiated by us directly with customers or their subscription agents. Subscription periods typically 
cover  calendar  years.  In  a  typical  journal  subscription  sale,  there  is  a  written  agreement  between  us  and  our  customer  that  covers 
multiple years. However, we  typically account for these agreements as one-year contracts because our enforceable rights under the 
agreements are subject to an annual confirmation and negotiation process with the customer.  

In journal subscriptions, there are generally two performance obligations: a functional intellectual property license with a stand-ready 
promise  to  provide  access  to  new  content  for  one  year,  which  includes  online  hosting  of  the  content,  and  a  functional  intellectual 
property perpetual license for access to historical journal content, which also includes online hosting of the content. The transaction 
price consists of fixed consideration. Journal subscription revenue is generally collected in advance when the annual license is granted 
and no significant financing component exists.  

The  total  transaction  price  is  allocated  to  each  performance  obligation  based  on  its  relative  standalone  selling  price.  We  allocate 
revenue  to  the  stand-ready  promise  to  provide  access  to  new  content  for  one  year  based  on  its  observable  standalone  selling  price 
which is generally the contractually stated price, and the revenue for new content is recognized over one year as we have a continuous 
stand-ready  obligation  to  provide  the  right  of  access  to  additional  intellectual  property.  The  allocation  of  revenue  to  the  perpetual 
licenses for access to historical journal content is done using the expected cost plus a margin approach as permitted by the  revenue 
standard. Revenue is recognized at the point in time when access to historical content is initially granted.   

Under  the  Open  Access  business  model,  we  have  a  signed  contract  with  the  customer  that  contains  enforceable  rights.  The  Open 
Access business model in a typical model includes an  over-time  single performance obligation that combines a promise to host the 
customer’s  content  on  our  open  access  platform,  and  a  promise  to  provide  an  Article  Publication  Charge  (APC)  at  a  discount  to 
eligible users who are defined in the contract, in exchange for an upfront payment. Enforceable right to payment occurs over time as 
we fulfill our obligation to provide a discount to eligible users, as defined, on future APCs. Therefore, the upfront payment is recorded 
as a contract liability and revenue is recognized over time. 

Transformational  agreements  (read  and  publish)  are  the  innovative  new  model  that  blends  journal  subscription  and  open  access 
offerings.  Essentially,  for  a  single  fee,  a  national  or  regional  consortium  of  libraries  pays  for  and  receives  full  read  access  to  our 
journal  portfolio  and  the  ability  to  publish  under  an  open  access  arrangement.  Like  subscriptions,  transformational  deals  involve 
recurring  revenue  under  multiyear  contracts.  Unlike  subscriptions,  some  transformational  agreements  also  allow  for  further  upside 
depending  on  how  much  publishing  volume  we  generate.  Transformational  models  accelerate  the  transition  to  open  access  while 
maintaining subscription access.  

Index 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Starting in calendar year 2022, we have signed transformational agreements that generally include three performance obligations: (1) a 
functional  intellectual  property  license  with  a  stand-ready  promise  to  provide  access  to  new  content  for  one  year,  which  includes 
online hosting of the content, (2) a functional intellectual property perpetual license for access to historical journal content, which also 
includes online hosting of the content, and (3) a publishing entitlement that allows for a fixed number of articles to be published in 
hybrid open access journals each contract year. The transaction price consists of fixed consideration and is allocated to the publishing 
entitlement  performance obligation  based  on  its  observable  standalone  selling  price,  the  residual  approach  for  the  license  to  access 
new content, and the expected cost plus a margin approach for the perpetual license. The revenue for the publishing entitlement and 
the  license  to  access  new  content  is  generally  recognized  straight-line  over  the  contract  year  due  to  the  stand-ready  promises.  The 
revenue  for  the  perpetual  license  is  recognized  at  the  point  in  time  when  access  to  historical  content  is  initially  granted.  Cash  is 
generally  collected  in  advance.  In  addition,  some  of  these  transitional  agreements  also  include  another  performance  obligation  that 
includes the promise to provide an APC at a discount in gold open access journals and is recognized over time.  

In  January 2019, Wiley announced a contractual arrangement in support of open access, a countrywide partnership agreement with 
Projekt DEAL, a representative of nearly 700 academic institutions in Germany. This three-year agreement, which was extended for 
one year, provides all Projekt DEAL institutions with access to read Wiley’s academic journals back to the year 1997, and researchers 
at Projekt DEAL institutions can publish articles open access in Wiley’s journals. The partnership will better support institutions and 
researchers  in  advancing  open  science,  driving  discovery,  and  developing  and  disseminating  knowledge.  Projekt  DEAL  includes 
multiple performance obligations, which include a stand-ready promise to provide access to new content, perpetual license for access 
to historical journal content, and accepting articles to be hosted on our open access platform. We are compensated primarily through a 
fee  per  article  published  and  a  consolidated  access  fee.  The  consideration  for  Projekt  DEAL  consists  of  fixed  and  variable 
consideration. We allocated the total consideration to the fixed and variable components based on its relative standalone selling prices 
for each performance obligation.   

Licensing, Reprints, Backfiles, and Other 

Within  licensing,  the  revenue  derived  from  these  contracts  is  primarily  comprised  of  advance  payments,  including  minimum 
guarantees and sales- or usage-based royalty agreements. Our intellectual property is considered to be functional intellectual property.  
Due to the stand-ready promise to provide updates during the subscription period, which is generally an annual period, revenue for the 
minimum  guarantee  is  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  agreement.  For  our  sales-or  usage-based  royalty 
agreements, we recognize revenue in the period of usage based on the amounts earned. We record revenue under these arrangements 
for the amounts due and not yet reported to us based on estimates of the sales or usage of these customers and pursuant to the terms of 
the contracts. We also have certain licenses whereby we receive a non-refundable minimum guarantee against a volume-based royalty 
throughout the term of the agreement. We recognize volume-based royalty income only when cumulative consideration exceeds the 
minimum guarantee.  

Reprints contracts generally contain a single performance obligation which is the delivery of printed articles. Revenue is recognized at 
the time of delivery of the printed articles. 

For  Backfiles,  the  performance  obligation  is  the  granting of  a  functional  intellectual  property  license.  Revenue  is  recognized  at  the 
time the functional intellectual property license is granted.   

Other includes our Article Select offering, whereby we  have a single performance obligation to our customers to give access to an 
article through the purchase of a token. The customer redeems the token for access to the article for a 24-hour period. The customer 
purchases the tokens with an upfront cash payment. Revenue is recognized when access to the article is provided. 

Research Platforms Services 

Research  Platforms  is  principally  comprised  of  Atypon,  a  publishing  software  and  service  provider  that  enables  scholarly  and 
professional  societies  and publishers  to  deliver,  host,  enhance,  market,  and  manage  their  content on  the  web  through  the  Literatum 
platform. Research Platforms revenue was $54.3 million in the year ended April 30, 2022 and the majority is recognized over time.  

Research  Platforms  services  primarily  includes  a  single  performance  obligation  for  the  implementation  and  hosting of  subscription 
services. The transaction price is fixed which may include price escalators that are fixed increases per year, and therefore, revenue is 
recognized upon the initiation of the subscription period and recognized on a straight-line basis over the time of the contractual period. 
The duration of these contracts is generally multiyear ranging from 2 to 5 years.  

Index 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Academic & Professional Learning  

Academic  &  Professional  Learning  provides  Education  Publishing  and  Professional  Learning  products  and  services  including 
scientific,  professional,  and  education  print  and  digital  books,  digital  courseware,  and  test  preparation  services,  to  libraries, 
corporations, students, professionals, and researchers, as well as learning, development, and assessment services for businesses and 
professionals.  Communities  served  include  business,  finance,  accounting,  workplace  learning,  management,  leadership,  technology, 
behavioral health, engineering/ architecture, science and medicine, and education. Products are developed for worldwide distribution 
through  multiple  channels,  including  chain  and  online  booksellers,  libraries,  colleges  and  universities,  corporations,  direct  to 
consumer,  web  sites,  distributor  networks,  and  other  online  applications.  Publishing  centers  include  Australia,  Germany,  India,  the 
UK, and the US. Total Academic & Professional Learning revenue was $646.8 million in the year ended April 30, 2022.   

We disaggregated revenue by type of products provided. Academic & Professional Learning products are Education Publishing and 
Professional Learning. Academic & Professional Learning revenues are mainly recognized at a point in time. 

Education Publishing Products 

Education Publishing products revenue was $350.0 million in the year ended April 30, 2022. Education Publishing products generate 
approximately 63% of its revenue from contracts with its customers from Education (print and digital) Publishing, which is recognized 
at a point in time, and 23% from Digital Courseware, which is recognized  over time. The remainder of its revenues were from Test 
Preparation and Certification and Licensing and Other, which has a mix of revenue recognized at a point in time and over time. 

Education Publishing and Professional Publishing (included within Professional Learning below) 

Our  performance obligations as  they  relate  to  Education  and  Professional  Publishing  are  primarily  book  products delivered  in  both 
print and digital form which could include single or multiple performance obligations based on the number of print or digital books 
purchased.  Each  is  represented  by  an  International  Standard  Book  Number  (ISBN),  with  each  ISBN  representing  a  performance 
obligation. Each ISBN has an observable stand-alone selling price as Wiley sells the books separately. 

This  revenue  stream  also  includes  variable  consideration  as  it  relates  to  discounts  and  returns  for  both  print  and  digital  books.  
Discounts  are  identifiable  by  performance  obligation  and  therefore  are  applied  at  the  point  of  sale  by  performance  obligation.  The 
process that we use to determine our sales returns and the related reserve provision charged against revenue, is based on applying an 
estimated  return  rate  to  current  year  returnable  print  book  sales.  This  rate  is  based  upon  an  analysis  of  actual  historical  return 
experience  in  the  various  markets  and  geographic  regions  in  which  we  do  business.  We  collect,  maintain,  and  analyze  significant 
amounts  of  sales  returns  data  for  large  volumes  of  homogeneous  transactions.  This  allows  us  to  make  reasonable  estimates  of  the 
amount of future returns. All available data is utilized to identify the returns by market and to which fiscal year the sales returns apply. 
This enables management to track the returns in detail and identify and react to trends occurring in the marketplace, with the objective 
of  being  able  to  make  the  most  informed  judgments  possible  in  setting  reserve  rates.  Associated  with  the  estimated  sales  return 
reserves, we also include a related increase to inventory and reduction to accrued royalties as a result of the expected returns. 

As it relates to print and digital books within Education Publishing and Professional Publishing, revenue is recognized at the point 
when control of product transfers, which for print is upon shipment or for digital when fulfillment of the products has been rendered. 

Digital Courseware Products 

Courseware  customers  purchase  access  codes  to  utilize  the  product.  This  could  include  single  or  multiple  performance  obligations 
based  on  the  number  of  course  ISBNs  purchased.  Revenue  is  recognized  over  time  in  the  period  from  when  the  access  codes  are 
activated over the applicable semester term to which such product relates. 

Test Preparation and Certification Products 

Test Preparation and Certification contracts are generally three-year agreements. This revenue stream includes multiple performance 
obligations  as  it  relates  to  the  online  and  printed  course  materials,  including  such  items  as  textbooks,  ebooks,  video  lectures, 
flashcards, study guides, and test banks. The transaction price is fixed; however, discounts are offered and returns of certain products 
are allowed. We allocate revenue to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. This standalone selling 
price  is  generally  based  upon  the  observable  selling  prices  where  the  product  is  sold  separately  to  customers.  Depending  on  the 
performance obligation, revenue is recognized at the time the product is delivered and control has passed to the customer or over time 
due to our stand-ready obligation to provide updates to the customer. 

Index 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Licensing and Other  

Revenue  derived  from  our  licensing  contracts  is  primarily  comprised  of  advance  payments  and  sales-  or  usage-based  royalties. 
Revenue for advance payments is recognized at the point in time that the functional intellectual property license is granted. For sales- 
or  usage-  based  royalties,  we  record  revenue  under  these  arrangements  for  the  amounts  due  and  not  yet  reported  to  us  based  on 
estimates of the sales or usage of these customers and pursuant to the terms of the contracts.  

Professional Learning Products 

Professional Learning products revenue was $296.8 million in the year ended April 30, 2022. Professional Learning (print and digital) 
products generate approximately 61% of revenue from contracts with its customers from Professional Publishing and Licensing and 
Other,  both  of  which  are  described  above,  and  both  are  mainly  recognized  at  a  point  in  time.  Approximately  39%  of  Professional 
Learning products revenue is from contracts with its customers from Corporate Training and Corporate Learning, which is recognized 
mainly over time. 

Corporate Training  

Corporate  Training  through  our  authorized  distributor  network  includes  multiple  performance  obligations.  This  includes  a 
performance obligation that includes an annual membership which includes the right to purchase products and services, access to the 
platform, support, and training. This performance obligation is recognized over time as we have an obligation to stand-ready for the 
customer’s  use  of  the  services.  In  addition,  there  are  performance  obligations  for  the  assessments  and  related  products  or  services 
which  are  recognized  at  a point  in  time  when  the  assessment,  product, or  service  is  provided  or  delivered.  The  transaction  price  is 
allocated to each performance obligation based on its observable standalone selling price which is generally the contractually stated 
price for the performance obligation related to the annual membership, and for the other performance obligations based on its relative 
observable selling price when sold separately.  

In addition, as it relates to Corporate Training customers’ unexercised rights for situations where we have received a nonrefundable 
payment  for  a  customer  to  receive  an  assessment  and  the  customer  is  not  expected  to  exercise  such  right,  we  will  recognize  such 
“breakage” amounts as revenue in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer, which is generally one year. 

Corporate Learning 

The transaction price consists of fixed consideration that is determined at the beginning of each year and received at the same time. 
Within Corporate Learning there are multiple performance obligations, which include the licenses to learning content and the learning 
application.  Revenue  is  recognized  over  time  as  we  have  a  continuous  obligation  to  provide  the  right  of  access  to  the  intellectual 
property which includes the licenses and learning applications. 

Education Services 

Education  Services  revenue  was  $324.8  million  in  the  year  ended  April  30,  2022,  and  the  majority  is  recognized  over  time.  We 
disaggregated  revenue  by  type  of  services  provided,  which  are  University  Services  (previously  referred  to  as  Education  Services 
OPM) and Talent Development Services (previously referred to as mthree).   

University Services 

University  Services  revenue  was  $226.1  million  in  the  year  ended  April  30,  2022  and  is  mainly  recognized  over  time.  University 
Services primarily engages in the comprehensive management of online degree programs for  universities and has grown to include a 
broad array of technology enabled service offerings that address our partner specific pain points. Increasingly, this includes delivering 
career credentialing education that advances specific careers with in-demand skills. 

Index 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
University  Services  includes  market  research,  marketing,  student  recruitment,  enrollment  support,  proactive  retention  support, 
academic services to design courses, faculty support, and access to the Engage Learning Management System, which facilitates the 
online  education  experience.  Graduate  degree  programs  include  Business  Administration,  Finance,  Accounting,  Healthcare, 
Engineering, Communications, and others. As of  April 30, 2022, the University Services business had  68 university partners under 
contract.  We  are  also  extending  the  core  OPM  business,  as  well  as  delivering  a  broader  array  of  essential  university  and  career 
credentialing  services  that  the  market  is  demanding  and  which  leverage  our  core  Wiley  skills  and  assets.  This  full  stack  education 
includes teacher professional development and IT skills training, through which we develop and deliver professional credits and job 
placement  through  our  corporate  partners.  In  addition,  University  Services  derives  revenue  from  unbundled  service  offerings. 
University  Services  revenue  is  primarily  derived  from  prenegotiated  contracts  with  institutions  that  provide  for  a  share  of  tuition 
generated from students who enroll in a program. The duration of University Services contracts are generally multiyear agreements 
ranging from a period of 7 to 10 years, with some having optional renewal periods. These optional renewal periods are not a material 
right and are not considered a separate performance obligation. 

University  Services  includes  a  single  performance  obligation  for  the  services  provided  because  of  the  integrated  technology  and 
services our institutional clients need to attract, enroll, educate, and support students. Consideration is variable since it is based on the 
number of students enrolled in a program. We begin to recognize revenue at the start of the delivery of the class within a semester 
overtime, which is also when the variable consideration contingency is resolved.  

Talent Development Services 

Talent Development Services revenue was $98.6 million in the year ended April 30, 2022 and is recognized at the point in time the 
services are provided to its customers. Talent Development Services is a talent placement provider that finds, trains, and places job-
ready technology talent in roles with leading corporations worldwide.  

Accounts Receivable, net and Contract Liability Balances 

When consideration is received, or such consideration is unconditionally due, from a customer prior to transferring goods or  services 
to the customer under the terms of a contract, a contract liability is recorded. Contract liabilities are recognized as revenue when, or as, 
control of the products or services are transferred to the customer and all revenue recognition criteria have been met. 

The following table provides information about accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities from contracts with customers.  

Balances from contracts with customers: 

Accounts receivable, net 
Contract liabilities(1) 
Contract liabilities (included in Other long-term liabilities)  

April 30, 
2022 

April 30, 
2021 

Increase/ 
(Decrease) 

$ 

$ 

331,960    $ 
538,126     
19,072   $ 

311,571    $ 
545,425     
19,560   $ 

20,389 
(7,299) 
(488) 

(1)  The sales return reserve recorded in Contract liabilities is $31.1 million and $38.0 million as of April 30, 2022 and April 30, 2021, 
respectively.  See  Note  2,  “Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  Recently  Issued,  and  Recently  Adopted  Accounting 
Standards” for further details of the sales return reserve. 

For the year ended April 30, 2022, we estimate that we recognized as revenue substantially all of the current contract liability balance 
at April 30, 2021. 

The decrease in contract liabilities, excluding the sales return reserve, was primarily driven by revenue earned on journal subscription 
agreements, transformational agreements, and open access and, to a lesser extent, the impact of foreign exchange. This was partially 
offset by an increase due to renewals of journal subscription agreements, transformational agreements, and open access. 

Remaining Performance Obligations included in Contract Liability 

As  of  April  30,  2022,  the  aggregate  amount  of  the  transaction  price  allocated  to  the  remaining  performance  obligations  is 
approximately $557.2 million, which includes the sales return reserve of $31.1 million. Excluding the sales return reserve, we expect 
that approximately $507.0 million will be recognized in the next  twelve  months with the  remaining $19.1 million to be recognized 
thereafter. 

Index 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets Recognized for the Costs to Fulfill a Contract 

Costs to fulfill a contract are directly related to a contract that will be used to satisfy a performance obligation in the future and are 
expected to be recovered. These costs are amortized on a systematic basis that is consistent with the transfer to the customer of the 
goods or services to which the asset relates. These types of costs are incurred in the following product types: (1)  Research Platforms 
services,  which  includes  customer  specific  implementation  costs  per  the  terms  of  the  contract  and  (2)  University  Services,  which 
includes customer specific costs to develop courses per the terms of the contract. 

Our assets associated with incremental costs to fulfill a  contract were $10.9 million and $12.1 million at  April 30, 2022 and 2021, 
respectively,  and  are  included  within  Other  non-current  assets  on  our  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position.  We  recorded 
amortization expense of $5.2 million, $5.1 million, and $4.2 million in the years ended April 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively, 
related to these assets within Cost of sales on the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).  

Sales  and  value-added  taxes  are  excluded  from  revenues.  Shipping  and  handling  costs,  which  are  primarily  incurred  within  the 
Academic & Professional Learning segment, occur before the transfer of control of the related goods. Therefore, in accordance with 
the revenue standard, it is not considered a promised service to the customer and would be considered a cost to fulfill our promise to 
transfer  the  goods.  Costs  incurred  for  third-party  shipping  and  handling  are  primarily  reflected  in  Operating  and  administrative 
expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). We incurred $29.0 million, $27.8 million, and $28.8 million in shipping 
and handling costs in the years ended April 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.  

Note 4 – Acquisitions 

Pro forma financial information related to these acquisitions has not been provided as it is not material to our consolidated results of 
operations. 

Fiscal Year 2022 

XYZ Media 

On December 29, 2021, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of XYZ Media Inc. (XYZ Media). XYZ Media is a company 
that  generates  leads  for  higher  education  institutions.  The  results  of  XYZ  Media  are  included  in  our  Education  Services  segment 
results. The fair value of consideration transferred at the date of acquisition was $45.4 million, which included $38.0 million of cash 
and approximately 129 thousand shares of Wiley Class A common stock, or approximately $7.4 million. We financed the payment of 
the cash consideration with a combination of cash on hand and borrowings under our Amended and Restated RCA (as defined below 
in Note 14, “Debt and Available Credit Facilities”). 

The  XYZ  Media  acquisition was  accounted for  using  the acquisition  method  of  accounting.  The  preliminary  excess  purchase price 
over  identifiable  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired,  and  liabilities  assumed,  has  been  recorded  to  Goodwill  in  our 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Goodwill represents synergies and economies of scale expected from the combination 
of services. We recorded the preliminary fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the acquisition date. The goodwill 
will  be  deductible  for  tax  purposes.  The  acquisition  related  costs  to  acquire  XYZ  Media  were  expensed  when  incurred  and  were 
approximately $0.1 million for the year ended April 30, 2022. Such costs were allocated to the Education Services segment and are 
reflected in Operating and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Net Income (Loss) for the  year ended April 30, 
2022. 

XYZ Media’s revenue and operating loss included in our Education Services segment results for the  year ended April 30, 2022 was 
$3.6 million and $(1.5) million, respectively. 

Index 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the consideration transferred to acquire XYZ Media and the preliminary  allocation of the purchase 
price among the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. 

Total consideration transferred 

Assets: 
Current assets 
Intangible assets, net 
Goodwill 
Other non-current assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities: 
Current liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Preliminary 
Allocation  

$ 

45,363 

913 
22,711 
22,226 
46 
45,896 

533 
533 

$ 

$ 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  and  their  weighted-average  useful  life  at  the  date  of 
acquisition. 

Developed technology 
Customer relationships 
Covenants not to compete 
Tradename 
Total 

Estimated Fair 
Value 

Weighted-Average 
Useful Life (in 
Years) 

$ 

$ 

20,930 
1,340 
323 
118 
22,711 

7 
6 
5 
1 

The allocation of the total consideration transferred to the assets acquired, including intangible assets and goodwill, and the liabilities 
assumed is preliminary and could be revised as a result of additional information obtained due to the finalization of the  third-party 
valuation  report,  leases  and  related  commitments,  tax  related  matters  and  contingencies  and  certain  assets  and  liabilities,  including 
receivables and payables, but such amounts will be finalized within the measurement period, which will not exceed one year from the 
acquisition date. 

Other Acquisitions in Fiscal Year 2022 

On  November 30, 2021, we acquired the assets of the eJournalPress (EJP)  business from Precision Computer Works, Inc. EJP is a 
technology  platform  company  with  an  established  journal  submission  and  peer  review  management  system.  The  results  of  EJP  are 
included in our Research Publishing & Platforms segment results. 

On October 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of J&J Editorial Services, LLC. (J&J). J&J is a publishing services 
company  providing  expert  offerings  in  editorial  operations,  production,  copyediting,  system  support,  and  consulting. The  results  of 
J&J are included in our Research Publishing & Platforms segment results. 

We also completed in the year ended April 30, 2022 the acquisition of two immaterial businesses included in our Research Publishing 
& Platforms segment and the acquisition of one immaterial business in our Education Services segment. 

The aggregate preliminary fair value of consideration transferred for these other acquisitions was approximately $41.2 million during 
the year ended April 30, 2022, which included $36.2 million of cash paid at the acquisition dates and $5.0 million of additional cash to 
be  paid  after  the  acquisition  dates.  The  fair  value  of  the  cash  consideration  transferred,  net  of  $1.2  million  of  cash  acquired  was 
approximately  $34.9  million.  These  other  acquisitions  were  accounted  for  using  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  as  of  their 
respective acquisition dates. 

Index 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Associated with these other acquisitions, the preliminary aggregate excess purchase price over identifiable net tangible and  intangible 
assets acquired, and liabilities assumed of $24.8 million has been recorded to Goodwill on our Consolidated Statements of Financial 
Position as of April 30, 2022 and $15.6 million of intangible assets subject to amortization have been recorded, including developed 
technology,  customer  relationships,  trademarks,  covenants  not  to  compete,  and  content  that  is  being  amortized  over  preliminary 
estimated weighted-average useful lives of 4, 8, 2, 4, and 4 years, respectively. The fair value assessed for the majority of the tangible 
assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  approximated  their  carrying  value.  Goodwill  represents  synergies  and  economies  of  scale 
expected  from  the  combination  of  services.  Goodwill  of  $24.8  million  has  been  allocated  to  the  Research  Publishing  &  Platforms 
segment  and  none  has  been  allocated  to  the  Education  Services  segment.  Approximately  $18.7  million  of  the  goodwill  will  be 
deductible for tax purposes, and $6.1 million will not be deductible for tax purposes. The incremental revenue for the year ended April 
30, 2022 related to these other acquisitions was approximately $8.1 million. The aggregate acquisition related costs to acquire these 
other acquisitions was expensed when incurred and was approximately $0.5 million for the year ended April 30, 2022. 

The allocation of the total consideration transferred to the assets acquired, including intangible assets and goodwill, and the liabilities 
assumed is preliminary, and could be revised as a result of additional information obtained due to the finalization of the  third-party 
valuation reports, leases and related commitments, tax related matters and contingencies, and certain assets and liabilities, including 
receivables and payables, but such amounts will be finalized within the measurement period, which will not exceed one year from the 
acquisition date. 

Fiscal Year 2021 

Hindawi 

On December 31, 2020, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding stock of Hindawi Limited (Hindawi). Hindawi is a 
scientific  research  publisher  and  an  innovator  in  open  access  publishing.  Its  results  of  operations  are  included  in  our  Research 
Publishing & Platforms segment.   

The fair value of the consideration transferred at the acquisition date was $300.1 million, which included $299.3 million of cash and 
$0.8  million  related  to  the  settlement  of  a  preexisting  relationship.  We  financed  the  payment  of  the  cash  consideration  primarily 
through borrowings under our Amended and Restated RCA (as defined below in Note 14, “Debt and Available Credit Facilities”) and 
using  cash  on  hand.  The  fair  value  of  the  cash  consideration  transferred,  net  of  $1.0  million  of  cash  acquired  was  approximately 
$298.3 million. 

The Hindawi acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. The excess purchase price over identifiable 
net tangible and intangible assets acquired, and liabilities assumed, has been recorded to Goodwill in our Consolidated Statements of 
Financial Position. Goodwill represents synergies and economies of scale expected from the combination of services. We recorded the 
fair  value  of  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  on  the  acquisition  date. None of  the  goodwill  will  be  deductible  for  tax 
purposes. The acquisition related costs to acquire Hindawi were expensed when incurred and were approximately $2.4 million for the 
year ended April 30, 2021. Such costs were allocated to the Research Publishing & Platforms segment and are reflected in Operating 
and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) for the year ended April 30, 2021. 

Hindawi’s incremental revenue and operating income included in our Research Publishing & Platforms segment results for the year 
ended April 30, 2022 was $34.6 million and $8.0 million, respectively. Hindawi’s revenue and operating loss included in our Research 
Publishing & Platforms segment results for the year ended April 30, 2021 was $12.0 million and $(2.1) million, respectively. 

Index 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the year ended April 20, 2022, no revisions were made to the allocation of the consideration transferred to the assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed. The following table summarizes the consideration transferred to acquire Hindawi and the final allocation of 
the purchase price among the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. 

Total consideration transferred 

Assets: 
Current assets 
Technology, property and equipment, net 
Intangible assets, net 
Goodwill 
Operating lease right-of-use assets 
Other non-current assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities: 
Current liabilities 
Deferred income tax liabilities 
Operating lease liabilities 
Other long-term liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Final  
Allocation  

$ 

300,086 

2,812 
844 
194,900 
147,388 
3,762 
69 
349,775 

3,594 
37,031 
3,150 
5,914 
49,689 

$ 

$ 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  identifiable  intangible  assets  acquired  and  their  weighted-average  useful  life  at  the  date  of 
acquisition. 

Content and publishing rights 
Developed technology 
Trademarks 
Customer relationships 
Total 

Fair Value 

Weighted-Average 
Useful Life (in 
Years) 

$ 

$ 

188,500 
5,000 
1,000 
400 
194,900 

15 
6 
2 
10 

The allocation of the consideration transferred to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed was finalized during the three months 
ended January 31, 2022.  

Index 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 5 – Reconciliation of Weighted Average Shares Outstanding 

A reconciliation of the shares used in the computation of earnings (loss) per share follows (shares in thousands):  

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2021 

2020 

2022 

Weighted average shares outstanding  
Less: Unvested restricted shares  
Shares used for basic earnings (loss) per share  
Dilutive effect of unvested restricted stock units and other stock awards 
Shares used for diluted earnings (loss) per share  

Antidilutive options to purchase Class A common shares, restricted shares, warrants 
to purchase Class A common shares and contingently issuable restricted stock 
which are excluded from the table above 

55,759      
—      
55,759      
839      
56,598      

55,931      
(1)      
55,930      
531      
56,461      

56,224 
(15) 
56,209 
— 
56,209 

772  

982    

1,677 

In calculating diluted net loss per common share for the year ended April 30, 2020, our diluted weighted average number of common 
shares outstanding excludes the  effect of unvested restricted stock units and other stock awards as the effect was anti-dilutive. This 
occurs when a US GAAP net loss is reported and the effect of using dilutive shares is antidilutive. 

The  shares associated with performance-based stock awards are considered contingently issuable shares and will be included in the 
diluted  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  when  they  have  met  the  performance  conditions  and  when  their 
effect is dilutive.  

Note 6 – Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

Changes in Accumulated other comprehensive loss by component, net of tax, for the years ended April 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020 were 
as follows:  

Balance at April 30, 2019 

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss  
Total other comprehensive loss 

Balance at April 30, 2020 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss  
Total other comprehensive income (loss) 

Balance at April 30, 2021 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications 
Amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss  
Total other comprehensive (loss) income 

Balance at April 30, 2022  

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation    
$ 

Unamortized 
Retirement 
Costs 
(196,057)  $ 
(36,965)   
5,102   
(31,863)   
(227,920)   $ 
(6,273)     
6,047     
(226)     
(228,146)   $ 
40,247     
5,673     
45,920     
(182,226)   $ 

(312,107)   $ 
(28,596)    
—    
(28,596)    
(340,703)   $ 
82,762     
—     
82,762     
(257,941)   $ 
(71,625)     
—     
(71,625)     
(329,566)   $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Interest 

Rate Swaps    Total 

(574)  $  (508,738) 
(71,549) 
(5,988)   
4,790 
(312)   
(6,300)   
(66,759) 
(6,874)   $  (575,497) 
75,850 
8,857 
84,707 
(4,703)   $  (490,790) 
5,165     
(26,213) 
3,184     
8,857 
(17,356) 
8,349     
3,646   $  (508,146) 

(639)     
2,810     
2,171     

For  the  years  ended  April  30,  2022,  2021,  and  2020,  pretax  actuarial  losses  included  in  Unamortized  Retirement  Costs  of 
approximately $7.2 million, $7.8 million, and $6.4 million, respectively, were amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
and  recognized  as  pension  and  post-retirement  benefit  (expense)  primarily  in  Operating  and  administrative  expenses  and  Other 
income, net on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). 

Our  policy  for  releasing  the  income  tax  effects  from  accumulated  other  comprehensive  (loss)  income  is  to  release  when  the 
corresponding pretax accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income items are reclassified to earnings.  

Index 

79 

 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Note 7 – Restructuring and Related (Credits) Charges 

Beginning in fiscal year 2020, we initiated a multiyear Business Optimization Program (the Business Optimization Program) to drive 
efficiency improvement and operating savings. 

The following tables summarize the pretax restructuring (credits) charges related to this program: 

(Credits) Charges by Segment:  

Research Publishing & Platforms 
Academic & Professional Learning  
Education Services  
Corporate Expenses  

Total Restructuring and Related (Credits) Charges  

For the Years Ended April 30, 

2022 

2021 

2020 

Total Charges 
Incurred to Date 

$ 

$ 

237   $ 
(454)     
8     
(1,218)     
(1,427)   $ 

99   $ 
3,229    
531    
29,590    
33,449   $ 

3,546    $ 
10,475      
3,774      
15,018      
32,813    $ 

3,882 
13,250 
4,313 
43,390 
64,835 

(Credits) Charges by Activity:  

Severance and termination benefits 
Impairment of operating lease ROU assets and property and 

$ 

equipment 

Acceleration of expense related to operating lease ROU 

assets and property and equipment 

Facility related charges, net 
Other activities  

Total Restructuring and Related (Credits) Charges  

$ 

(3,276)   $ 

11,531   $ 

26,864    $ 

35,119 

—    

14,918    

161    

—    
1,849     
—     
(1,427)   $ 

3,378    
3,684    
(62)    
33,449   $ 

—    
3,986      
1,802      
32,813    $ 

15,079 

3,378 
9,519 
1,740 
64,835 

The credits in severance and termination benefits activities for the year ended April 30, 2022, primarily reflects changes in the number 
of headcount reductions and estimates for previously accrued costs. 

In November 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and the Company’s successful transition to a virtual work environment, 
we  increased  use  of  virtual  work  arrangements  for  post-pandemic  operations. As  a  result,  we  expanded  the  scope  of  the  Business 
Optimization Program to include the exit of certain leased office space beginning in the three months ended January 31, 2021, and the 
reduction of our occupancy at other facilities. We are reducing our real estate square footage occupancy by approximately 12%. These 
actions resulted in a pretax restructuring charge of $18.3 million in the three months ended January 31, 2021. This restructuring charge 
primarily reflects the following noncash charges: 

• 

Impairment charges of $14.9 million recorded in our corporate category, which included the impairment of  operating lease 
ROU  assets  of  $10.6 million  related  to  certain  leases  that  will  be  subleased,  and  the  related  property  and  equipment  of 
$4.3 million described further below, and 

•  Acceleration  of  expense  of  $3.4 million,  which  included  the  acceleration  of  rent  expense  associated  with  operating  lease 
ROU  assets  of  $2.9 million  related  to  certain  leases  that  will  be  abandoned  or  terminated  and  the  related  depreciation  and 
amortization of property and equipment of $0.5 million. 

Due  to  the  actions  taken  above,  we  tested  the  operating  lease  ROU  assets  and  the  related  property  and  equipment  for  those  being 
subleased for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of the asset group to an estimate of the future undiscounted cash  flows 
expected  to  result  from  the  use  and  eventual  disposition  of  the  asset  group.  Based  on  the  results  of  the  recoverability  test,  we 
determined that the undiscounted cash flows of the asset groups were below the carrying values. Therefore, there was an indication of 
impairment.  We then determined the fair value of the  asset groups by utilizing the present value of the estimated future cash flows 
attributable to the assets. The fair value of these operating lease ROU assets and the property and equipment immediately subsequent 
to the impairment was $7.5 million and was categorized as Level 3 within the FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements” fair 
value hierarchy. 

In addition, we also incurred ongoing facility-related costs associated with certain properties that resulted in additional restructuring 
charges  of  $1.8  million  and  $3.7 million  in  the  years  ended  April  30,  2022  and  2021,  respectively.  Facilities  related  charges,  net 
include sublease income related to those operating leases we had identified in the year ended April 30, 2021 as part of our Business 
Optimization Program that would be subleased. 

Index 

80 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
      
     
        
  
  
  
  
     
      
     
        
     
      
     
        
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other  activities  for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2020  primarily  relate  to  reserves  and  costs  associated  with  the  cessation  of  certain 
offerings, and, to a lesser extent, a pension settlement and the impairment of certain software licenses. 

The following table summarizes the activity for the Business Optimization Program liability for the year ended April 30, 2022: 

Severance and termination benefits 
Total  

April 30, 2021 

(Credits) 

   Payments 

Adjustments     April 30, 2022 

$ 
$ 

11,465    $ 
11,465    $ 

(3,276)    $ 
(3,276)    $ 

(5,831)    $ 
(5,831)    $ 

(279)    $ 
(279)    $ 

2,079 
2,079 

The  restructuring  liability  for  accrued  severance  and  termination  benefits  is  reflected  in  Accrued  employment  costs  in  the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of April 30, 2022. 

Foreign 
Translation & 
Other 

Note 8 – Inventories 

Inventories, net consisted of the following at April 30:  

Finished goods  
Work-in-process  
Paper and other materials  
Total inventories before estimated sales returns and LIFO reserve 
Inventory value of estimated sales returns  
LIFO reserve  
Inventories, net  

2022 

2021 

31,270    $ 
1,729      
275      
33,274      
7,820      
(4,509)      
36,585    $ 

31,704 
2,060 
331 
34,095 
10,886 
(2,443) 
42,538 

$ 

$ 

See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards,” under the 
caption “Sales Return Reserves,” for a discussion of the Inventory value of estimated sales returns.  

Finished goods not recorded at LIFO have been recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value, which resulted in a reduction of 
$11.2 million and $14.0 million as of April 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively. 

Note 9 – Product Development Assets 

Product development assets, net consisted of the following at April 30:  

Book composition costs  
Software costs 
Content development costs  
Product development assets, net 

2022 

2021 

20,574    $ 
17,479    
3,405      
41,458    $ 

20,474 
23,262 
5,781 
49,517 

$ 

$ 

Product development assets include $4.4 million and $6.3 million of work-in-process as of April 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively. As 
of April 30, 2022 this is primarily for book composition costs. As of April 30, 2021, this is primarily for book composition  costs and, 
to a lesser extent, software costs.  

Product development assets are net of accumulated amortization of $269.7 million and $269.0 million as of April 30, 2022 and 2021, 
respectively.  

Index 

81 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Note 10 – Technology, Property, and Equipment 

Technology, property, and equipment, net consisted of the following at April 30: 

Capitalized software  
Computer hardware  
Buildings and leasehold improvements  
Furniture, fixtures, and warehouse equipment  
Land and land improvements  
Technology, property, and equipment, gross 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization 
Technology, property, and equipment, net 

2022 

2021 

605,503    $ 
55,386      
94,861      
38,816      
3,283      
797,849      
(526,277)      
271,572    $ 

536,878 
50,714 
99,636 
42,674 
3,656 
733,558 
(451,288) 
282,270 

$ 

$ 

The following table details our depreciation and amortization expense for technology, property, and equipment, net: 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2021 

2020 

2022 

Capitalized software amortization expense 
Depreciation and amortization expense, excluding capitalized software  

$  

73,847    $ 
21,325   

69,184    $ 
21,955      

Total depreciation and amortization expense for technology, property and equipment 

$  

95,172    $  

91,139    $  

55,685 
21,031 

76,716 

Technology,  property,  and  equipment  includes  $7.2  million  and  $0.6  million  of  work-in-process  as  of  April  30,  2022  and  2021, 
respectively, for capitalized software. 

The net book value of capitalized software costs was $201.5 million and $202.8 million as of April 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively. 

Note 11 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Goodwill 

The following table summarizes the activity in goodwill by segment as of April 30: 

2021 (1) 

Acquisitions(2) 

Foreign 
Translation 
Adjustment 

Research Publishing & Platforms 
Academic & Professional Learning 
Education Services  
Total 

$ 

$ 

619,203    $ 
512,512   
172,625   
1,304,340    $ 

24,806    $ 
—      
22,226      
47,032    $ 

(33,593)    $ 
(14,376)      
(1,261)      
(49,230)    $ 

2022 

610,416 
498,136 
193,590 
1,302,142 

(1)  The  Education  Services  goodwill  balance  as  of  April  30,  2021  includes  a  cumulative  pretax  noncash  goodwill  impairment  of 

$110.0 million. 

(2)  Refer to Note 4, “Acquisitions,” for more information related to the acquisitions that occurred in the year ended April 30, 2022. 

Annual Goodwill Impairment Test as of February 1, 2022 and 2021 

As  of  February  1,  2022  and  2021,  we  completed  step  one  of  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  test  for  our  reporting  units.  We 
concluded  that  the  fair  values  of  our  reporting  units  were  above  their  carrying  values  and,  therefore,  there  was  no  indication  of 
impairment. 

We estimated the fair value of these reporting units using a weighting of fair values derived from an income and a market approach. 
Under the income approach, we determined the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. 
Cash flow projections are based on our best estimates of forecasted economic and market conditions over the period including growth 
rates, expected changes in operating cash flows, and cash expenditures. The discount rate used is based on a weighted average cost of 
capital  adjusted  for  the  relevant  risk  associated  with  the  characteristics  of  the  business  and  the  projected  cash  flows.  The  market 
approach estimates fair value based on market multiples of current and forward 12-month revenue or EBITDA, as applicable, derived 
from comparable publicly traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit. 

Index 

82 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
As noted above, the fair value determined as part of the annual goodwill impairment test completed in the fourth quarter exceeded the 
carrying  value  for  all  of  our  reporting  units. Therefore,  there  was  no  impairment  of  goodwill.  However,  if  the  fair  value  of  these 
reporting units decreases in future periods, we could potentially have an impairment.  The future occurrence of a potential indicator of 
impairment,  such  as  a  decrease  in  expected  net  earnings,  changes  in  assumptions,  adverse  equity  market  conditions,  a  decline  in 
current market multiples, a decline in our common stock price, a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climates, an 
adverse  action  or  assessment  by  a  regulator,  unanticipated  competition,  strategic  decisions  made  in  response  to  economic  or 
competitive conditions, or a more-likely-than-not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be 
sold  or  disposed  of,  could  require  an  interim  assessment  for  some  or  all  of  the  reporting  units  before  the  next  required  annual 
assessment.  

Annual Goodwill Impairment Test as of February 1, 2020 

As of February 1, 2020, we completed our annual goodwill impairment test for our reporting units. We concluded that the fair  values 
of our Research Publishing & Platforms and Academic & Professional Learning reporting units were above their carrying values and, 
therefore, there was no indication of impairment. 

During our annual goodwill impairment test initiated on February 1, 2020, we identified indicators that the goodwill of the Education 
Services business was impaired due to underperformance as compared with our acquisition case projections for revenue growth and 
operating  cash  flow.  Subsequently,  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2020,  we  determined  that  our  updated  revenue  and 
operating cash flow projections would be further impacted by anticipated near-term headwinds due to COVID-19, including adverse 
impacts on new student starts and student reenrollment. Therefore, we updated the impairment test as of March 31, 2020 to reflect this 
change in circumstances. As a result, we concluded that the carrying value was above the fair value which resulted in a pretax noncash 
goodwill impairment of $110.0 million. This charge is reflected in Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income (Loss). 

Prior to performing the goodwill impairment test for Education Services,  we also evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets of 
the reporting unit. The carrying value of the long-lived assets that were tested for impairment was $434.0 million. When indicators of 
impairment  are  present,  we  test  definite  lived  and  long-lived  assets  for  recoverability  by  comparing  the  carrying  value  of  an  asset 
group to an estimate of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. 
We considered the lower-than-expected revenue and forecasted operating cash flows over a sustained period of time, and downward 
revisions  to  our  cash  flow  forecasts  for  this  reporting  unit  to  be  indicators  of  impairment  for  their  long-lived  assets.  Based  on  the 
results  of  the  recoverability  test,  we  determined  that  the  undiscounted  cash  flows  of  the  asset  group  of  the  Education  Services 
reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. Therefore, there was no impairment. 

Index 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intangible Assets   

Intangible assets, net as of April 30 were as follows: 

Intangible assets with definite 

lives, net(1) : 

Content and publishing rights 
Customer relationships 
Developed technology(2)  
Brands and trademarks 
Covenants not to compete  
Total intangible assets with 

definite lives, net 

Intangible assets with indefinite 

lives: 

Brands and trademarks(2)  
Publishing rights  
Total intangible assets with 

indefinite lives 

Total intangible assets, net 

$ 

2022 
Accumulated 
Amortization      

 Cost 

Net 

Cost 

2021 

Accumulated 
Amortization   

Net 

$ 

1,099,778  $ 
409,097   
72,398     
47,533   
1,655     

(599,841)    $ 
(167,039)     
(17,677)       
(31,512)     
(1,262)       

499,937   $  1,062,072   $ 
242,058    
54,721     
16,021    
393     

384,462    
42,785     
45,630    
1,250     

(497,843)   $ 
(117,985)  
(7,824)   
(26,094)  
(1,192)   

564,229 
266,477 
34,961 
19,536 
58 

1,630,461     

(817,331)      

813,130    

1,536,199     

(650,938)   

885,261 

37,000     
81,299      

—       
—       

37,000     
81,299     

37,000     
93,041     

—   
—   

37,000 
93,041 

118,299   
1,748,760   $ 

—     
(817,331)     $ 

118,299    
130,041    
931,429   $  1,666,240   $ 

—  

(650,938)   $ 

130,041 
1,015,302 

(1)  Refer to Note 4, “Acquisitions,” for more information related to the acquisitions that occurred in years ended April 30, 2022 and 

2021. 

(2)  The developed technology balance as of April 30, 2022 and 2021 is presented net of accumulated impairments and write-offs of 
$2.8  million.  The  indefinite-lived  brands  and  trademarks  balance  as  of  April  30,  2022  and  2021  is  net  of  accumulated 
impairments of $93.1 million. 

Based on the current amount of intangible assets subject to amortization and assuming current foreign exchange rates, the estimated 
amortization expense for the following years are as follows: 

Fiscal Year 
2023 
2024 
2025 
2026 
2027 
Thereafter 
Total 

Amount 

$ 

$ 

81,375 
76,193 
69,556 
67,044 
62,422 
456,540 
813,130 

Annual Indefinite-lived Intangible Impairment Test as of February 1, 2022 and 2021 

We also review our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, which consists of brands and trademarks and certain 
acquired publishing rights. As of February 1, 2022 and 2021, we completed our annual impairment test related to the indefinite-lived 
intangible assets. We  concluded that the fair values of these indefinite-lived intangible assets were above  their carrying values and, 
therefore, there was no indication of impairment.   

Fiscal Year 2020 Impairment 

Annual Indefinite-Lived Intangibles Impairment Test as of February 1, 2020 

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2020,  we  completed  our  annual  impairment  test  related  to  the  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets. We 
concluded that the fair values of these indefinite-lived intangible assets were above their carrying values and, therefore, there was no 
indication of impairment, except for the Blackwell indefinite-lived trademark.   

Index 

84 

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
   
     
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
     
    
    
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended April 30, 2020, we recorded a pretax noncash impairment charge of $89.5 million for our Blackwell trademark, 
which  was  acquired  in  2007  and  carried  as  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  primarily  related  to  our  Research  Publishing  & 
Platforms segment. The impairment reflected our decision to simplify Wiley’s brand portfolio and unify our research journal content 
under  one  Wiley  brand,  which  sharply  limited  the  use  of  the  Blackwell  trade  name. This  impairment  resulted  in  writing  off 
substantially  all  of  the  carrying  value  of  the  intangible  trademark  asset.  This  charge  is  reflected  in  Impairment  of  goodwill  and 
intangible assets in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). The resulting noncash impairment charge was entirely unrelated to 
COVID-19 or the expected future financial performance of the Research Publishing & Platforms segment. 

Intangible Assets with Definite Lives 

As a result of our decision to discontinue the use of certain technology offerings within the Research Publishing & Platforms segment, 
we recorded a pretax noncash impairment charge of $2.8 million related to a certain developed technology intangible. This charge was 
included in Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets on the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). 

Note 12 — Operating Leases 

We  have  contractual  obligations  as  a  lessee  with  respect  to  offices,  warehouses  and  distribution  centers,  automobiles,  and  office 
equipment.  

We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception of the contract in accordance with guidance detailed in the lease standard and 
we perform the lease classification test as of the lease commencement date. ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset 
for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU 
assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term.  

The present value of the lease payments is calculated using an incremental borrowing rate, which was determined based on the rate of 
interest that we would have to pay to borrow an amount equal to the lease payments on a collateralized basis over a similar term. We 
use an unsecured borrowing rate and risk-adjust that rate to approximate a collateralized rate. 

Under the leasing standard, leases that are more than one year in duration are capitalized and recorded on our Consolidated Statements 
of Financial Position. Some of our leases offer an option to extend the term of such leases. We utilize the reasonably certain threshold 
criteria  in  determining  which  options  we  will  exercise.  Furthermore,  some  of  our  lease  payments  are  based  on  index  rates  with 
minimum annual increases. These represent fixed payments and are captured in the future minimum lease payments calculation.  

For operating leases, the ROU assets and liabilities as of April 30 are presented in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position 
as follows: 

Operating lease ROU assets 
Short-term portion of operating lease liabilities 
Operating lease liabilities, non-current 

$ 

$ 

2022 

2021 

111,719 
20,576 
132,541 

 $ 

 $ 

121,430 
22,440 
145,832 

During the year ended April 30, 2022, we added $10.4 million to the ROU assets and $10.3 million to the operating lease liabilities 
due to new leases, including due to acquisitions, as well as modifications and remeasurements to our existing operating leases. 

As a result of expanding the scope of the Business Optimization Program to include the exit of certain leased office space beginning in 
the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2021,  we  incurred  a  pretax  restructuring  charge  of  $18.3  million  in  the  three  months  ended  January  31, 
2021. This  charge  included  impairment  charges  and  acceleration  of  expense  associated  with  certain  operating  lease  ROU 
assets.  See Note 7, “Restructuring and Related (Credits) Charges” for more information on this program and the charges incurred. 

Index 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our total net lease costs were as follows: 

Operating lease cost  
Variable lease cost 
Short-term lease cost 
Sublease income 
Total net lease cost(1) 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2021 

2022 

2020 

$ 

$ 

24,180   $ 
1,496   
187   
(945)   
24,918   $ 

24,862   $ 
2,135  
248  
(722)  
26,523   $ 

26,027 
3,856 
86 
(691) 
29,278 

(1)  Total  net  lease  cost  does  not  include  those  costs  and  sublease  income  included  in  Restructuring  and  related  charges  on  our 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  (Loss).  This  includes  those  operating  leases  we  had  identified  in  the  year  ended  April  30, 
2021  as  part  of  our  Business  Optimization  Program  that  would  be  subleased. See Note 7,  “Restructuring  and  Related  (Credits) 
Charges” for more information on this program. 

Other supplemental information includes the following: 

Weighted-average remaining contractual lease term (years) 
Weighted-average discount rate 
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: 
    Operating cash flows from operating leases 

For the Years Ended April 30, 

2022 

2021 

2020 

9   
5.84%   

9    
5.89%    

10 
5.89% 

$ 

29,737  $ 

32,344   $ 

28,243 

The table below reconciles the undiscounted cash flows for the first five years and total of the remaining years to the operating lease 
liabilities recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of April 30, 2022: 

Fiscal Year 
2023 
2024 
2025 
2026 
2027 
Thereafter 
Total future undiscounted minimum lease payments 

Less: Imputed interest 

Present value of minimum lease payments 

Less: Current portion 

Noncurrent portion 

Operating Lease 
Liabilities 

28,128 
26,183 
24,783 
22,443 
17,972 
77,521 
197,030 

43,913 

153,117 

20,576 

132,541 

 $ 

 $ 

Index 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Note 13 –Income Taxes 

The provisions for income taxes were as follows:  

Current Provision  
US – Federal  
International  
State and local  
Total current provision  
Deferred provision (benefit)  

US – Federal  
International  
State and local  
Total deferred provision (benefit)  
Total provision  

International and United States pretax income (loss) were as follows:  

International  
United States  
Total  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

For the Years Ended April 30,  
2021 

2020 

2022 

(324)    $ 

57,905   
221   
57,802    $ 

(9,793)    $ 
15,882   
(2,539)   

3,550    $ 
61,352    $ 

(6,631)    $ 
43,269      
1,359      
37,997    $ 

1,145 
37,494 
172 
38,811 

(11,996)    $ 
1,175      
480      
(10,341)    $ 
27,656    $ 

(8,476) 
(15,022) 
(4,118) 
(27,616) 
11,195 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2021 

2022 

256,456    $ 
(46,795)      
209,661    $ 

202,490    $ 
(26,578)      
175,912    $ 

2020 
104,185 
(167,277) 
(63,092) 

Our effective income tax rate as a percentage of pretax income differed from the US federal statutory rate as shown below: 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2021 

2022 

2020 

US federal statutory rate 
Cost of higher taxes on non-US income 
Foreign tax credits related to CARES Act carryback and audit 
Change in valuation allowance 
State income taxes, net of US federal tax benefit 
US NOL carryback under CARES Act 
Tax credits and related net benefits 
Impairment of goodwill and intangibles 
Other 
Effective income tax rate (benefit) 

21.0%   
9.7%   
(11.9)%  
11.9%  
(1.0)%   
—  
(0.5)%   
—  
0.1%   
29.3%   

21.0%   
1.1%   
12.3%  
(12.3)%  
0.8%   
(8.0)%  
(0.5)%   
—  
1.3%   
15.7%   

21.0% 
4.8% 
— 
— 
3.3% 
— 
(1.1)% 
(42.3)% 
(3.4)% 
(17.7)% 

The effective tax rate was 29.3% for the year ended April 30, 2022, compared to 15.7% for the year ended April 30, 2021. Our rate for 
the year ended April 30, 2022 was higher primarily due to an increase in the UK statutory rate from  19% to 25% enacted during our 
three months ended July 31, 2021, which resulted in a $21.4 million noncash deferred tax expense from the re-measurement of our 
applicable UK net deferred tax liabilities. In addition, our rate  for the year ended April 30, 2021 benefitted by $14 million from the 
Coronavirus Aid Relief and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act) and certain regulations issued in late July 2020, which enabled 
us to carryback certain net operating losses (NOLs) to a year with a higher statutory tax rate.  

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes: 

As  of  April  30,  2022  and  April  30,  2021,  the  total  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  were  $8.6  million  and  $9.1  million, 
respectively, of which $0.6 million and $0.7 million represented accruals for interest and penalties recorded as additional tax expense 
in accordance with our accounting policy. We recorded net interest expense on reserves for unrecognized and recognized tax benefits 
of $0.2 million in each of the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021. As of April 30, 2022 and April 30, 2021, the total amounts of 
unrecognized  tax  benefits  that  would  reduce  our  income  tax  provision,  if  recognized,  were  approximately  $6.9  million  and  $7.4 
million, respectively. We do not expect any significant changes to the unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months. 

Index 

87 

 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
       
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits included within the Other long-term liabilities line item on the Consolidated 
Statements of Financial Position is as follows:  

Balance at May 1  
Additions for current year tax positions  
Additions for prior year tax positions  
Reductions for prior year tax positions  
Foreign translation adjustment  
Payments and settlements  
Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations  
Balance at April 30 

Tax Audits: 

2022 

2021 

9,144    $ 
947      
16      
—      
(55)      
—      
(1,460)      
8,592    $ 

6,194 
3,626 
511 
(163) 
57 
(215) 
(866) 
9,144 

$ 

$ 

We file income tax returns in the US and various states and non-US tax jurisdictions. Our major taxing jurisdictions are the United 
States, United Kingdom, and Germany. Except for one immaterial item, we are no longer subject to income tax examinations for years 
prior to fiscal year 2014 in the major jurisdictions in which we are subject to tax.  

Deferred Taxes: 

Deferred taxes result from temporary differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial reporting purposes. 

We believe that it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the net 
deferred tax assets. The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities at April 30 were as follows:  

Net operating losses  
Reserve for sales returns and doubtful accounts  
Accrued employee compensation  
Foreign and federal credits  
Other accrued expenses  
Retirement and post-employment benefits  

Total gross deferred tax assets  
Less valuation allowance  
Total deferred tax assets  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets  
Unremitted foreign earnings 
Intangible and fixed assets  
Total deferred tax liabilities  
Net deferred tax liabilities  

Reported As  
Deferred tax assets  
Deferred tax liabilities  
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities  

2022 

2021 

20,847    $ 
3,771      
26,722      
34,537      
11,636      
15,769      
113,282    $ 
(30,000)      
83,282    $ 

19,433 
3,838 
32,835 
5,129 
16,092 
30,039 
107,366 
(4,855) 
102,511 

(2,684)    $ 
(2,685)  
(249,215)      
(254,584)    $ 
(171,302)    $ 

(459) 
(2,485) 
(260,559) 
(263,503) 
(160,992) 

8,763    $ 
(180,065)      
(171,302)    $ 

11,911 
(172,903) 
(160,992) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

Index 

88 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
 
 
  
  
  
       
  
  
      
  
  
 
 
The  increase  in  net deferred  tax  liabilities  was  due  to  the decrease  in  net  deferred  tax  assets,  which  was  primarily  attributable  to  a 
decrease in our retirement and post-employment benefits, partially offset by an increase in our Net operating losses and  foreign and 
federal credits net of applicable valuation allowances. The increase in our deferred tax liabilities from the revaluation of  our deferred 
tax  liabilities  related  to  the  UK  rate  change  from  19%  to  25%  was  largely  offset  by  a  decrease  in  our  deferred  tax  liabilities  for 
intangibles  and  fixed  assets.  We  have  concluded  that  after  valuation  allowances,  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  we  will  realize 
substantially all of the net deferred tax assets at April 30, 2022. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we take into account 
related  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  estimated  future  reversals  of  existing  temporary  differences,  future  taxable  earnings  and  tax 
planning strategies to determine which deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized in the future. Changes to  tax laws, 
statutory tax rates and future taxable earnings can have an impact on our valuation allowances. 

We have provided a $30.0 million valuation allowance based primarily  on the uncertainty of utilizing the tax benefits related to our 
deferred tax assets for foreign tax credits. As of  April 30, 2022, we have apportioned state net operating loss carryforwards totaling 
approximately $129 million, with a tax effected value of $7.1 million net of federal benefits. Our state and federal NOLs and credits, 
to the extent they expire, expire in various amounts over 2 to 20 years. 

Since April 30, 2018, we no longer intend to permanently reinvest earnings outside the US. We have recorded a $2.7 million liability 
related to the estimated taxes that would be incurred upon repatriating certain non-US earnings. 

Note 14 – Debt and Available Credit Facilities 

Our total debt outstanding as of April 30 consisted of the amounts set forth in the following table: 

Short-term portion of long-term debt(1) 

Term loan A - Amended and Restated RCA(2)  
Revolving credit facility - Amended and Restated RCA  
Total long-term debt, less current portion 

2022 

2021 

$ 

18,750    $ 

12,500 

204,343   
563,934   
768,277   

222,928 
586,160 
809,088 

Total debt 

$ 

787,027    $ 

821,588 

(1)  Relates to our term loan A under the Amended and Restated RCA.   
(2)  Amounts are shown net of unamortized issuance costs of $0.3 million as of April 30, 2022 and $0.5 million as of April 30, 2021. 

The following table summarizes the scheduled annual maturities for the next three years of our long-term debt, including the short-
term  portion  of  long-term  debt.  This  schedule  represents  the  principal  portion  amount  of  debt  outstanding  and  therefore  excludes 
unamortized issuance costs. 

Fiscal Year 

2023 
2024 
2025 
Total 

Amended and Restated RCA 

Amount 

18,750 
204,688 
563,934 
787,372 

 $ 

 $ 

On May 30, 2019, we entered into a credit agreement that amended and restated our existing revolving credit agreement, which  was 
then amended on December 22, 2021 as described below (collectively, the Amended and Restated RCA). The Amended and Restated 
RCA  provides  for  senior  unsecured  credit  facilities  comprised  of  (i)  a  five  year  revolving  credit  facility  in  an  aggregate  principal 
amount up to $1.25 billion, and (ii) a five year term loan A facility consisting of $250 million.  

Index 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
Under the terms of the Amended and Restated RCA, which can be drawn in multiple currencies, we have the option of borrowing at 
the  following  floating  interest  rates: (i)  at  a  rate  based  on  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  (LIBOR)  plus  an  applicable  margin 
ranging from  0.98% to 1.50%, depending on our consolidated net leverage ratio, as defined, or (ii) at the lender’s base rate plus an 
applicable margin ranging from zero to 0.50%, depending on our consolidated net leverage ratio. The lender’s base rate is defined as 
the highest of (i) the US federal funds effective rate plus a 0.50% margin, (ii) the Eurocurrency rate, as defined, plus a 1.00% margin, 
or (iii) the Bank of America prime lending rate. In addition, we pay a facility fee for the revolving credit facility ranging from 0.15% 
to 0.25%  depending  on  our  consolidated  net  leverage  ratio.  We  also  have  the  option  to  request  an  increase  in  the  revolving  credit 
facility by an amount not to exceed $500 million, in minimum increments of $50 million, subject to the approval of the lenders. 

On December 22, 2021, we entered into the first amendment (the “First Amendment”) to the Amended and Restated RCA.  The First 
Amendment, among other things, (i) changes the rate under the Amended and Restated RCA for borrowings denominated in Sterling 
from a LIBOR-based rate to a daily simple Sterling Overnight Index Average (SONIA) subject to certain adjustments specified in the 
Amended and Restated RCA, (ii) changes the rate under the Amended and Restated RCA for borrowings denominated in euro from a 
LIBOR-based rate to a EURIBOR-based rate or a Euro Short Term Rate subject to certain adjustments specified in the Amended and 
Restated RCA, and (iii) updates certain other provisions regarding successor interest rates to LIBOR. 

The Amended and Restated RCA contains certain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including a financial covenant in the 
form of a consolidated net leverage ratio and consolidated interest coverage ratio, which we were in compliance with as of April 30, 
2022. 

In the three months ended July 31, 2019, we incurred an immaterial loss on the write-off of unamortized deferred costs in connection 
with  the  refinancing  of  our  revolving  credit  agreement  at  that  time,  which  is  reflected  in  Other  income,  net  on  the  Consolidated 
Statements of Income (Loss) for the year ended April 30, 2020.  

In the three months ended July 31, 2019, we incurred $4.0 million of costs related to the Amended and Restated RCA which resulted 
in total costs capitalized of $5.2 million. The amount related to the term loan A facility was $0.9 million, consisting of $0.8 million of 
lender fees and recorded as a reduction to Long-term debt, and $0.1 million of non-lender fees included in Other non-current assets on 
the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The amount related to the five-year revolving credit facility was $4.3 million, all of 
which was included in Other non-current assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. 

The amortization expense of the costs incurred related to the Amended and Restated RCA related to the lender and non-lender fees is 
recognized over the five-year term of the Amended and Restated RCA. Total amortization expense for the years ended April 30, 2022, 
2021 and 2020 was $1.1 million, $1.1 million and $1.0 million, respectively, and is included in Interest expense on our Consolidated 
Statements of Income (Loss).  

Lines of Credit 

We  have  other  lines  of  credit  aggregating  $1.0  million  at various  interest  rates.  There were  no  outstanding  borrowings  under  these 
credit lines at April 30, 2022, and 2021. 

Our  total  available  lines  of  credit  as  of  April  30,  2022  were  approximately  $1.5  billion,  of  which  approximately  $0.7  billion  was 
unused. The weighted average interest rates on total debt outstanding during the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021 were 2.02% and 
2.03%,  respectively.  As  of  April  30,  2022  and  2021,  the  weighted  average  interest  rates  for  total  debt  were  2.55%  and  1.98%, 
respectively.  

Based  on  estimates  of  interest  rates  currently  available  to us  for  loans  with  similar  terms  and  maturities,  the  fair  value  of  our  debt 
approximates its carrying value. 

Index 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 15 – Derivative Instruments and Activities 

From  time  to  time,  we  enter  into  forward  exchange  and  interest  rate  swap  contracts  as  a  hedge  against  foreign  currency  asset  and 
liability commitments, changes in interest rates,  and anticipated transaction exposures, including intercompany sales and purchases. 
All derivatives are recognized as assets or liabilities and measured at fair value. Derivatives that are not determined to be effective 
hedges  are  adjusted  to  fair  value  with  a  corresponding  adjustment  to  earnings.  We  do  not  use  financial  instruments  for  trading  or 
speculative purposes. 

Interest Rate Contracts 

As of April 30,  2022, we had total debt outstanding of $787.0 million, net of unamortized issuance costs of $0.3 million, of which 
$787.3 million are variable rate loans outstanding under the Amended and Restated RCA, which approximated fair value. 

As of April 30, 2022 and 2021, the interest rate swap agreements we maintained were designated as fully effective cash flow hedges 
as  defined  under  FASB  ASC  Topic  815,  “Derivatives  and  Hedging”  (ASC  Topic  815).  As  a  result,  there  was  no  impact  on  our 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  (Loss)  from  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swaps,  as  they  were  fully  offset  by 
changes in the interest expense on the underlying variable rate debt instruments. Under ASC Topic 815, derivative instruments that are 
designated as cash flow hedges have changes in their fair value recorded initially within Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position.  As  interest  expense  is  recognized  based  on  the  variable  rate  loan  agreements,  the 
corresponding deferred gain or loss on the interest rate swaps is reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss to Interest 
Expense  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  (Loss).  It  is  management’s  intention  that  the  notional  amount  of  interest  rate 
swaps be less than the variable rate loans outstanding during the life of the derivatives. 

The following table summarizes our interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges: 

Hedged Item 
Amended and 

Restated RCA 

Amended and 

Restated RCA 

Amended and 

Restated RCA 

Amended and 

Restated RCA 

Amended and 

Date entered 
into 

April 7, 2022 
April 12, 
2021 
February 26, 
2020 
August 7, 
2019 

Restated RCA 

June 24, 2019 

Nature of Swap 
Pay fixed/receive 
variable 
Pay fixed/receive 
variable 
Pay fixed/receive 
variable 
Pay fixed/receive 
variable 
Pay fixed/receive 
variable 

  Notional Amount   
  As of April 30,  

  2022 

2021 

Fixed 
Interest 
Rate 

$ 

100   $ 

—  2.646% 

100     

100  0.500% 

100     

100  1.150% 

100     

100  1.400% 

100     

500   $ 

$ 

100  1.650% 

400 

Variable Interest Rate 
1-month LIBOR reset every month for a 
2-year period ending April 15, 2024 
1-month LIBOR reset every month for a 
3-year period ending April 15, 2024 
1-month LIBOR reset every month for a 
3-year period ending March 15, 2023 
1-month LIBOR reset every month for a 
3-year period ending August 15, 2022 
1-month LIBOR reset every month for a 
3-year period ending July 15, 2022 

On April 4, 2016, we entered into a forward starting interest rate swap agreement which fixed a portion of the variable interest due on 
a variable rate debt renewal on May 16, 2016. Under the terms of the agreement, which expired on May 15, 2019, we paid a fixed rate 
of 0.920% and received a variable rate of interest based on one-month LIBOR from the counterparty which was reset every month for 
a three-year period ending May 15, 2019. Prior to expiration, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $350.0 million. 

We  record  the  fair  value  of our  interest  rate  swaps  on  a  recurring basis  using  Level  2  inputs  of  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or 
liabilities in active markets.  The fair value of the interest rate swaps as of  April 30, 2022 was a deferred loss of $0.2 million and a 
deferred gain of $5.8 million. Based on the maturity dates of the contracts, the entire deferred loss as of April 30, 2022 was recorded 
within Other accrued liabilities, $0.9 million of the deferred gain was recorded within Prepaid expenses and other current assets, and 
$4.9 million was recorded within Other non-current assets. 

The fair value of the interest rate swaps as of April 30, 2021 was a deferred loss of $5.6 million. Based on the maturity dates of the 
contracts, the entire deferred loss as of April 30, 2021 was recorded within Other long-term liabilities. 

Index 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The pretax (losses) gains that were reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss into Interest expense for the years ended 
April  30,  2022,  2021,  and  2020  were  $(4.2)  million,  $(3.7)  million,  and  $0.4  million,  respectively.  Based  on  the  amount  in 
Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  at  April  30,  2022,  approximately  $1.6  million,  net  of  tax,  would  be  reclassified  into  Net 
income in the next twelve months. 

Foreign Currency Contracts 

We may enter into forward exchange contracts to manage our exposure on certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. 
The  forward  exchange  contracts  are  marked  to  market  through  Foreign  exchange  transaction  (losses)  gains  on  our  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Income  (Loss)  and  carried  at  fair  value  on  our  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position.  Foreign  currency 
denominated assets and liabilities are remeasured at spot rates in effect on the balance sheet date, with the affects of changes in spot 
rates reported in Foreign exchange transaction (losses) gains on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). 

As of April 30, 2022 and 2021, we did not maintain any open forward exchange contracts. In addition, we did not maintain any open 
forward contracts during the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2020. 

During the year ended April 30, 2021, to manage foreign currency exposures on an intercompany loan,  we entered into one forward 
exchange contract to sell €32 million and buy $38.8 million. This forward contract expired on April 15, 2021. We did not designate 
this  forward  exchange  contract  as  a  hedge  under  the  applicable  sections  of  ASC  Topic 815  as  the  benefits  of  doing  so  were  not 
material due to the short-term nature of the contract. The fair value changes in the forward exchange contract substantially mitigated 
the changes in the value of the applicable foreign currency denominated liability. The fair value of the open forward exchange contract 
was measured on a recurring basis using Level 2 inputs of quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets. For the year 
ended April  30,  2021,  the  loss  recognized  on  this  forward  contract  was  $0.8  million  and  included  in  Foreign  exchange  transaction 
(losses) gains on our Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss).  

Note 16 – Commitment and Contingencies 

We are involved in routine litigation in the ordinary course  of our business. A provision for litigation is accrued when information 
available to us indicates that it is probable a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Significant 
judgment may be required to determine both the probability and estimates of loss. When the amount of the loss can only be estimated 
within a range, the most likely outcome within that range is accrued. If no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other 
amount,  the  minimum  amount  within  the  range  is  accrued.  When  uncertainties  exist  related  to  the  probable  outcome  of  litigation 
and/or the amount or range of loss, we do not record a liability, but disclose facts related to the nature of the contingency and possible 
losses if management considers the information to be material. Reserves for legal defense costs are recognized when incurred. The 
accruals for loss contingencies and legal costs are reviewed regularly and may be adjusted to reflect updated information on the status 
of litigation and advice of legal counsel. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of all pending litigation as of April 30, 
2022, will not have a material effect upon our consolidated financial condition or results of operations. 

Note 17 – Retirement Plans 

We  have  retirement  plans  that  cover  substantially  all  employees.  The  plans  generally provide  for  employee  retirement  between  the 
ages 60 and 65, and benefits based on length of service and compensation, as defined. 

Our Board of Directors approved plan amendments that froze the following retirement plans:  

•  Retirement Plan for the Employees of John Wiley & Sons, Canada was frozen effective December 31, 2015; 
•  Retirement Plan for the Employees of John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., a UK plan was frozen effective April 30, 2015 and;  
•  U.S.  Employees’  Retirement  Plan,  Supplemental  Benefit  Plan,  and  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan,  were  frozen 

effective June 30, 2013. 

We maintain the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for certain officers and senior management which provides for the payment 
of  supplemental  retirement  benefits  after  the  termination  of  employment  for  10  years,  or  in  a  lifetime  annuity.  Under  certain 
circumstances, including a change of control as defined, the payment of such amounts could be accelerated on a present value basis. 
Future accrued benefits to this plan have been discontinued as noted above.  

Index 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The components of net pension expense (income) for the defined benefit plans and the weighted average assumptions were as follows:  

2022 

For the Years Ended April 30,  
2021 

2020 

US 

   Non-US 

US 

   Non-US 

US 

   Non-US 

Service cost  
Interest cost  
Expected return on plan assets  
Amortization of prior service cost 
Amortization of net actuarial loss  
Curtailment (credit)/settlement loss   
Net pension (income) expense 

$ 

$ 

—    $ 
9,451      
(12,144)      
(154)      
2,617      
—      
(230)    $ 

1,196    $ 
11,148      
(28,118)      
67      
4,846      
(39)      
(10,900)    $ 

—    $ 
9,504      

1,396    $ 
8,901   
(11,969)       (26,971)   
58   
4,516   
—   

(154)      
3,501      
—      

882    $  (12,100)    $ 

—    $ 
11,247      
(14,038)      
(154)      
2,403      
—      
(542)    $ 

1,851 
12,652 
(26,116) 
73 
3,993 
291 
(7,256) 

Discount rate  
Rate of compensation increase  
Expected return on plan assets  

3.2%      
N/A    
5.3%      

1.9%      
3.0%      
5.5%      

3.1%      
N/A  
5.8%      

1.6%   
3.0%   
5.7%   

4.1%      
N/A  
6.8%      

2.4% 
3.0% 
6.5% 

In the year ended April 30, 2022, because of a reduction in force, there was a curtailment credit of less than $0.1 million related to the 
Retirement Indemnity Plan for the Employees of Cross Knowledge which is reflected in Restructuring and related (credits) charges in 
the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). 

In the year ended April 30, 2020, there was a settlement charge of $0.3 million related to the Retirement Plan for the Employees of 
John Wiley & Sons, Canada which is reflected in Restructuring and related (credits) charges in the Consolidated Statements of Income 
(Loss). 

The  service  cost  component  of  net  pension  expense  (income)  is  reflected  in  Operating  and  administrative  expenses  on  our 
Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). The other components of net pension expense (income) are reported separately from the 
service  cost  component  and  below  Operating  income  (loss).  Such  amounts  are  reflected  in  Other  income,  net  on  our  Consolidated 
Statements of Income (Loss). 

The Recognized Net Actuarial Loss for each fiscal year is calculated using the “corridor method,” which reflects the amortization of 
the net loss at the beginning of the fiscal year in excess of 10% of the greater of the market value of plan assets or the projected benefit 
obligation. The amortization period is based on the average expected life of plan participants for plans with all or almost all inactive 
participants and frozen plans, and on the average remaining working lifetime of active plan participants for all other plans. 

We recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of defined benefit postretirement plans, measured as the difference between the 
fair value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligation, on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The change in the 
funded  status  of  the  plan  is  recognized  in  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial 
Position. Plan assets and obligations are measured at fair value as of our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position date. 

Index 

93 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
       
       
    
  
       
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the changes in and the status of, our defined benefit plans’ assets and benefit obligations: 

2022 

2021 

US 

Non-US 

US 

   Non-US 

CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS 
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year  
Actual return on plan assets  
Employer contributions  
Employee contributions  
Settlements  
Benefits paid  
Foreign currency rate changes  
Fair value, end of year  
CHANGE IN PROJECTED BENEFIT OBLIGATION  
Benefit obligation, beginning of year  
Service cost  
Interest cost  
Actuarial gains (losses)  
Benefits paid  
Foreign currency rate changes  
Settlements and other  
Benefit obligation, end of year  
Underfunded status, end of year 
AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED ON THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL 

POSITION 
Noncurrent assets 
Current pension liability  
Noncurrent pension liability  
Net amount recognized in statement of financial position  
AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER 

COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (BEFORE TAX) CONSIST OF 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

237,129    $ 
(21,257)      
3,812      
—      
—      
(15,229)      
—      
204,455    $ 

(302,632)    $ 
—      
(9,451)      
47,284      
15,229      
—      
—      
(249,570)    $ 
(45,115)    $ 

523,886    $ 
(37,543)      
12,595      
—      
—      
(10,703)      
(45,976)      
442,259    $ 

(609,614)    $ 
(1,196)      
(11,148)      
84,746      
10,703      
51,660      
47      
(474,802)    $ 
(32,543)    $ 

213,946    $ 
34,560      
5,599      
—      
—      
(16,976)      
—      
237,129    $ 

445,480 
27,971 
12,203 
— 
— 
(11,921) 
50,153 
523,886 

—      
(9,504)      
8,863      
16,976      
—      
—      

(318,967)    $  (534,303) 
(1,396) 
(8,901) 
(17,739) 
11,921 
(59,046) 
(150) 
(302,632)    $  (609,614) 
(85,728) 

(65,503)    $ 

—    
(3,545)      
(41,570)      
(45,115)    $ 

5,855    
(1,346)      
(37,052)      
(32,543)    $ 

—    
(3,576)      
(61,927)      
(65,503)    $ 

6 
(1,414) 
(84,320) 
(85,728) 

Net actuarial (losses) gains 
Prior service cost gains (losses)  
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss  
Change in accumulated other comprehensive loss  
INFORMATION FOR PENSION PLANS WITH AN ACCUMULATED 

$ 

$ 
$ 

(80,114)    $ 
1,946      
(78,168)    $ 
16,345    $ 

(171,274)    $ 
(1,165)      
(172,439)    $ 
42,818    $ 

2,100      

(96,613)    $  (213,958) 
(1,299) 
(94,513)    $  (215,257) 
(32,803) 

34,802    $ 

BENEFIT OBLIGATION IN EXCESS OF PLAN ASSETS 

Accumulated benefit obligation             
Fair value of plan assets 
INFORMATION FOR PENSION PLANS WITH A PROJECTED  

BENEFIT OBLIGATION IN EXCESS OF PLAN ASSETS  

Projected benefit obligation 
Fair value of plan assets 
WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED IN DETERMINING 

ASSETS AND LIABILITIES 

Discount rate  
Rate of compensation increase  
Accumulated benefit obligations  

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

249,570   $ 
204,455   $ 

37,801   $ 
475   $ 

302,632   $ 
237,129   $ 

566,998 
513,279 

249,570   $ 
204,455   $ 

38,871   $ 
475   $ 

302,632   $ 
237,129   $ 

599,011 
513,279 

4.6%      
N/A      
(249,570)    $ 

3.0%      
3.1%      
(450,037)    $ 

3.2%      
N/A      

1.9% 
3.0% 
(302,632)    $  (577,600) 

Actuarial gains in the US resulting in a decrease to our projected benefit obligation for the year ended April 30, 2022 were primarily 
due to an increase in the discount rate. Actuarial gains in non-US countries resulting in a decrease to our projected benefit obligation 
for  the  year  ended  April  30,  2022  were  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  the  discount  rate  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  the  UK 
inflation rate. 

Actuarial gains in the US resulting in a decrease to our projected benefit obligation for the year ended April 30, 2021 were  primarily 
due to an increase in the discount rate and updated census data. Actuarial losses in non-US countries resulting in an increase to our 
projected benefit obligation for the year ended April 30, 2021 were primarily due to an increase in the UK inflation rate, offset by an 
increase in the discount rate.  

Index 

94 

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
       
       
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
    
    
 
 
  
  
 
    
    
    
 
  
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
    
    
    
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
Actuarial losses in the US and non-US countries resulting in an increase in our projected benefit obligation for the year ended April 
30, 2020 were primarily due to a reduction in discount rates and changes to other assumptions. 

Pension plan assets/investments: 

The investment guidelines for the defined benefit pension plans are established based upon an evaluation of market conditions, plan 
liabilities,  cash  requirements  for  benefit  payments,  and  tolerance  for  risk. Investment  guidelines  include  the  use  of  actively  and 
passively managed securities. The investment objective is to ensure that funds are available to meet the plans benefit obligations when 
they are due. The investment strategy is to invest in high quality and diversified equity and debt securities to achieve our long-term 
expectation.  The  plans’  risk  management  practices  provide  guidance  to  the  investment  managers,  including  guidelines  for  asset 
concentration,  credit  rating,  and  liquidity. For  those  plan  assets  measured  at  NAV  as  defined  below,  a  redemption  request  can  be 
executed  within  a  7-day  notice.  Asset  allocation  favors  a  balanced  portfolio,  with  a  global  aggregated  target  allocation  of 
approximately 48% equity securities and 52% fixed income securities and cash. Due to volatility in the market, the target allocation is 
not  always  desirable  and  asset  allocations  will  fluctuate  between  acceptable  ranges  of  plus  or  minus  5%.  We  regularly  review  the 
investment  allocations  and  periodically  rebalance  investments  to  the  target  allocations.  We  categorize  our  pension  assets  into  three 
levels based upon the assumptions (inputs) used to price the assets. Level 1 provides the most reliable measure of fair value, whereas 
Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment. The three levels are defined as follows: 

●  Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. 
●  Level  2:  Observable  inputs  other  than  those  included  in  Level  1. For  example,  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  in  active 

markets or quoted prices for identical assets in inactive markets. 

●  Level 3: Unobservable inputs reflecting assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset. 

We did not maintain any level 3 assets during the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021. In accordance with ASU 2015-07, “Fair Value 
Measurement  (Topic  820),  Disclosures  for  Investments  in  Certain  Entities  That  Calculate  Net  Asset  Value  per  Share  (or  Its 
Equivalent),” certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value (NAV) per share (or its equivalent) practical 
expedient do not have to be classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in the following tables are intended 
to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented for the total pension benefit plan assets. 

The following tables set forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, pension plan assets at their fair value as of April 30:  

2022 

2021 

Level 1 

   Level 2 

   NAV 

   Total 

   Level 1     Level 2 

  NAV 

  Total 

US Plan Assets  
Global Equity Securities: Limited 

Partnership 

$ 

Fixed Income Securities: Commingled 

Trust Funds 

Total Assets 
Non-US Plan Assets  
Equity securities:  
US equities 
Non-US equities 

Balanced managed funds  
Fixed income securities: Commingled 

funds 
Other: 

Real estate/other  
Cash and cash equivalents  

Total Non-US plan assets  
Total plan assets  

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

7,477   

  $  77,849   $  85,326    

   $  121,569  $  121,569 

7,477  

     119,129  
  $  196,978  

  119,129    
  204,455    

115,560    115,560 
   $  237,129   $  237,129 

—   $ 
48,443     
—       112,162      
—       94,623      

   $  48,443   $ 
      112,162     
       94,623     

—   $ 
51,882 
—       124,496    
—       103,717    

  $ 

—       185,192      

      185,192     

1,444       236,583    

  $  51,882 
    124,496 
    103,717 

    238,027 

475     
475      
—      
1,364     
1,338      
26      
1,338   $  440,921   $ 
—   $  442,259   $ 
8,815   $  440,921   $  196,978   $  646,714   $ 

543 
543 
—      
5,221 
5,221      
—    
6,665   $  517,221   $ 
—  $  523,886 
6,665   $  517,221   $  237,129  $  761,015 

Expected employer contributions to the defined benefit pension plans in  the year ended April 30, 2023  will be approximately $15.6 
million,  including  $12.0  million  of  minimum  amounts  required  for  our  non-US  plans.  From  time  to  time,  we  may  elect  to  make 
voluntary contributions to our defined benefit plans to improve their funded status.  

Index 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
     
    
   
 
   
  
 
    
 
  
 
  
       
       
       
      
       
     
   
 
  
       
       
       
      
       
      
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
       
       
       
      
       
      
 
  
 
  
      
   
 
  
  
      
   
 
 
 
Benefit payments to retirees from all defined benefit plans are expected to be the following in the fiscal year indicated: 

Fiscal Year 
2023 
2024 
2025 
2026 
2027 
2028–2032 
Total  

Retiree Health Benefits 

US 

Non-US 

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

15,533 
15,666 
15,315 
15,125 
15,200 
76,222 
153,061 

 $ 

 $ 

11,864 
12,307 
14,845 
13,419 
14,292 
86,389 
153,116 

 $ 

 $ 

27,397 
27,973 
30,160 
28,544 
29,492 
162,611 
306,177 

We provide contributory life insurance and health care benefits, subject to certain dollar limitations, for substantially all of our eligible 
retired US employees. The retiree health benefit is no longer available for any employee who retires after December 31, 2017. The 
cost of such benefits is expensed over the years the employee renders service and is not funded in advance. The accumulated post-
retirement benefit obligation recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of April 30, 2022 and 2021, was $1.3 
and $1.5 million, respectively. Annual credits for these plans were $(0.1) million for each of the years ended April 30, 2022, 2021, and 
2020. 

Defined Contribution Savings Plans 

We have defined contribution savings plans. Our contribution is based on employee contributions and the level of our match. We may 
make discretionary contributions to all employees as a group. The expense recorded for these plans was approximately $30.3 million, 
$24.3 million, and $19.0 million in the years ended April 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively. 

Note 18 – Stock-Based Compensation 

All equity compensation plans have been approved by shareholders. Under the 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan, (the Plan), qualified 
employees are eligible to receive awards that may include stock options, performance-based stock awards, and other restricted stock 
awards. Under the Plan, a maximum number of  6.5 million shares of our Class A stock may be issued. As of April 30,  2022, there 
were  approximately  1,390,492  securities  remaining  available  for  future  issuance  under  the  Plan.  We  issue  treasury  shares  to  fund 
awards issued under the Plan. 

Stock Option Activity 

Under the terms of our stock option plan, the exercise price of stock options granted may not be less than  100% of the fair market 
value of the stock at the date of grant. Options are exercisable over a maximum period of ten years from the date of grant.  

Options Granted in Fiscal Year 2022 

During the year ended April 30, 2022, we granted 300,000 stock option awards. This included 260,000 stock options to our executive 
leadership  team,  at  a grant  price  of  $63.07,  which  was generally  10%  above  the fair  market  value  at  the  time  of grant,  and  40,000 
stock options granted to other leaders at fair market value on date of grant.  For the options granted in the year ended April 30, 2022, 
such options generally vest 10%, 20%, 30%, and 40% on April 30, or on each anniversary date after the award is granted. 

Index 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides the estimated weighted average fair value for options granted during the year ended April 30, 2022 using 
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and the significant weighted average assumptions used in their determination. 

Weighted average fair value of options on grant date 

$  

11.75 

Weighted average assumptions: 
Expected life of options (years) 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected volatility 
Expected dividend yield 
Fair value of common stock on grant date 
Exercise price of stock option grant 

6.3 
1.2% 
30.7% 
2.4% 
56.51 
61.84 

$ 
$ 

As of April 30, 2022, there was $2.3 million of unrecognized share-based compensation cost related to options, which is expected to 
be recognized over a period up to 4 years, or 3.1 years on a weighted average basis. 

Options Granted Prior to Fiscal Year 2022 

Prior to the stock options granted in the year ended April 30, 2022, we did not grant any stock option awards since the year ended 
April 30, 2016. As of April 30, 2019, all outstanding options vested, allowing the participant the right to exercise their awards, and 
there was no unrecognized share-based compensation expense remaining related to these stock options. 

For the years ended April 30, 2015 and prior, options generally vest 50% on the fourth and fifth anniversary date after the award is 
granted. For the year ended April 30, 2016, options vest 25% per year on April 30. 

The fair value of the options granted in the year ended April 30, 2016 was $14.77 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The 
significant weighted average assumptions used in the fair value determination was the expected life, which represented an estimate of 
the  period  of  time  stock  options  will  be  outstanding  based  on  the  historical  exercise  behavior  of  option  recipients.  The  risk-free 
interest rate was based on the corresponding US Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The expected volatility was 
based on the historical volatility of our Common Stock price over the estimated life of the option, while the dividend yield was based 
on the expected dividend payments to be made by us. 

A summary of the activity and status of our stock option plans follows: 

2022 

2021 

2020 

Number 
of 
Options 
(in 000’s)   

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Term 
(in years)    

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
(in 
millions)    

Outstanding at beginning of year  
Granted  
Exercised  
Expired or forfeited  
Outstanding at end of year  
Exercisable at end of year  
Vested and expected to vest in the 

future at April 30  

141   $ 
300    $ 
(49)    $ 
(82)    $ 
310    $ 
72   $ 

51.17   
61.84   
45.85   
60.36   
59.89   
54.53  

306    $ 

60.55   

8.1   $ 
4.2   $ 

9.1   $ 

0.2   
7.6   

—   

Number 
of 
Options 
(in 000’s)   

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Number 
of 
Options 
(in 000’s)   

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

286   $ 
—   $ 
(60)   $ 
(85)   $ 
141   $ 
141   $ 

50.14   
—   
43.91   
52.78   
51.17   
51.17   

372   $ 
—   $ 
(34)   $ 
(52)   $ 
286   $ 
286   $ 

49.70 
— 
38.32 
54.57 
50.14 
50.14 

141   $ 

51.17   

286   $ 

50.14 

The intrinsic value is the difference between our common stock price and the option grant price. The total intrinsic value of options 
exercised during the years ended April 30,  2022, 2021, and 2020 was $0.4 million, $0.2 million, and $0.3 million, respectively. The 
total grant date fair value of stock options vested during the year ended April 30,  2022 was $1.3 million. As noted above, as of April 
30, 2019, all outstanding stock options, prior to those granted in the year ended April 30, 2022 vested allowing the participant the right 
to exercise their awards.  

Index 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
 
 
 
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at April 30, 2022: 

Range of Exercise Prices 
$39.53 
$48.06 to $49.55 
$55.62 to $63.07 
Total/average 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Term 
(in years) 

Weighted 
Average  
Exercise 
Price 

Number 
of Options 
(in 000’s) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

1.2  $ 
0.2  $ 
5.4  $ 
8.1  $ 

39.53  
52.69  
62.17  
59.89  

17   $ 
3   $ 
52   $ 
72   $ 

39.53 
48.06 
59.98 
54.53 

Number 
of Options 
(in 000’s)    
17  
33  
260  
310  

Performance-Based and Other Restricted Stock Activity 

Under  the  terms  of  our  long-term  incentive  plans,  performance-based  restricted  unit  awards  are  payable  in  restricted  shares  of  our 
Class A Common Stock upon the  achievement of certain  three-year or less  financial performance-based targets. During each  three-
year period or less, we adjust compensation expense based upon our best estimate of expected performance. For the year ended April 
30, 2017, restricted performance shares vest 50% on June 30 following the end of the three-year performance cycle and 50% on April 
30  of  the  following  year.  Beginning  in  the  year  ended  April  30,  2018,  restricted  performance  share  units  vest  100%  on  June  30 
following the end of the three-year performance cycle. 

We may also grant individual restricted unit awards payable in restricted shares of our Class A Common Stock to key employees in 
connection with their employment. Starting with the year ended April 30, 2016 grants, restricted shares generally vest ratably 25% per 
year. 

Under certain circumstances relating to a change of control or termination, as defined, the restrictions would lapse and shares would 
vest earlier. 

Activity  for  performance-based  and  other  restricted  stock  awards  during  the  years  ended  April  30,  was  as  follows  (shares  in 
thousands): 

Nonvested shares at beginning of year 
Granted 
Change in shares due to performance  
Vested and issued  
Forfeited  
Nonvested shares at end of year  

2022 

2021 

2020 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Value 

Restricted 
Shares 

Restricted 
Shares 

Restricted 
Shares 

1,280   $ 
658   $ 
(3)   $ 
(432)   $ 
(229)    $ 
1,274    $ 

45.73  
56.53  
30.41   
50.87   
48.23   
49.17   

943   
706   
118   
(362)   
(125)   
1,280   

756 
759 
(70) 
(329) 
(173) 
943 

For the years ended April 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, we recognized stock-based compensation expense (including stock options), on a 
pretax basis, of $25.7 million, $22.0 million and $20.0 million, respectively. 

As of April 30, 2022, there was $39.2 million of unrecognized share-based compensation cost related to performance-based and other 
restricted stock awards, which is expected to be recognized over a period up to 4 years, or 2.4 years on a weighted average basis.  

Compensation expense for restricted stock awards is measured using the closing market price of our Class A Common Stock at the 
date of grant. The total grant date value of shares vested during the years ended April 30,  2022, 2021, and 2020 was $22.0 million, 
$17.6 million, and $17.5 million, respectively. 

Index 

98 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
President and CEO New Hire Equity Awards 

On October 17, 2017, we announced Brian A. Napack as the new President and Chief Executive Officer of Wiley effective December 
4, 2017 (the Commencement Date).  Upon the Commencement Date, Mr. Napack also became a member of our Board of Directors 
(the  Board).  In  connection  with  his  appointment,  Wiley  and  Mr.  Napack  entered  into  an  employment  offer  letter  (the  Employment 
Agreement). 

The  Employment  Agreement  provides  that  beginning  with  the  year  ended  April  30,  2018–2020  performance  cycle,  eligibility  to 
participate in annual grants under our Executive Long-Term Incentive Program (ELTIP). Targeted long-term incentive for this cycle 
was equal to 300% of base salary, or $2.7 million. Sixty percent of the ELTIP value was delivered in the form of target performance 
share  units  and  forty  percent in  restricted  share  units.  The grant  date  fair value  for  restricted  share  units  was  $59.15 per  share  and 
included 20,611 restricted share units, which vested 25% each year starting on April 30, 2018 to April 30, 2021. In addition, there was 
a  performance  share  unit  award  with  a  target of  30,916  units  and  a  grant date  fair  value  of  $59.15.  The  performance metrics  were 
based on cumulative EBITDA for the year ended April 30, 2018–2020 and cumulative normalized free cash flow for the year ended 
April 30, 2018–2020. 

In  addition,  the  Employment  Agreement  provided  for  a  sign-on  grant  of  restricted  share  units,  with  a  grant  value  of  $4.0  million, 
converted to shares using our Class A closing stock price as of the Commencement Date, and vesting in two equal installments on the 
first  and  second  anniversaries  of  the  employment  date. The  grant  date  fair  value  for  this  award  was  $59.15  per  share  and  included 
67,625 units at the date of grant. Grants were subject to forfeiture in the case of voluntary termination prior to vesting and accelerated 
vesting in the case of earlier termination of employment without Cause, due to death or Disability or Constructive Discharge, or upon 
a Change in Control (as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreement). 

Director Stock Awards 

Under  the  terms  of  our  2018  Director  Stock  Plan  (the  Director  Plan),  each  nonemployee  director,  other  than  the  Chairman  of  the 
Board,  receives  an  annual  award  of  restricted  shares of  our  Class  A  Common  Stock  equal  in  value  to  100%  of  the  annual  director 
stock retainer fee, based on the stock price at the close of the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant. Such restricted shares 
will vest on the earliest of (i) the day before the next Annual Meeting following the grant, (ii) the nonemployee director’s  death or 
disability  (as  determined by  the  Governance  Committee), or  (iii)  a  change  in  control  (as  defined  in  the  2014  Key  Employee  Stock 
Plan). The  granted  shares  may  not  be  sold  or  transferred  during  the  time  the  nonemployee  director  remains  a  director.  There  were 
18,384, 28,360,  and  20,048  restricted  shares  awarded  under  the  Director  Plan for  the  years  ended  April  30,  2022, 2021,  and  2020, 
respectively.  In  addition,  pursuant  to  the  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  Directors’  2005  &  After 
Compensation,  as  amended  through  December  15,  2021,  each  nonemployee  director  has  the  option  of  receiving  all  or  part  of  the 
annual retainer in the form of deferred stock and shall be subject to the same vesting terms as specified therein. 

Note 19 – Capital Stock and Changes in Capital Accounts 

Each share of our Class B Common Stock is convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock. The holders of Class A stock are 
entitled to elect 30% of the entire Board of Directors and the holders of Class B stock are entitled to elect the remainder. On all other 
matters, each share of Class A stock is entitled to one tenth of one vote and each share of Class B stock is entitled to one vote. 

Share Repurchases 

During the  year ended April 30, 2020, our Board of Directors approved an additional share repurchase program of $200 million  of 
Class  A  or  B  Common  Stock.  As  of  April  30,  2022,  we  had  authorization  from  our  Board  of  Directors  to  purchase  up  to  $197.5 
million that was remaining under this program.  

The  share  repurchase program  described  above  is  in  addition  to  the  share  repurchase  program  approved  by our  Board  of  Directors 
during the year ended April 30, 2017 of four million shares of Class A or B Common Stock. As of April 30, 2022, no additional shares 
were remaining under this program for purchase.  

The following table summarizes the share repurchases of Class A and B Common Stock during the years ended April 30 (shares in 
thousands): 

Shares repurchased – Class A 
Shares repurchased – Class B 
Average price – Class A and Class B 

Index 

99 

2022 

2021 

2020 

542     
2    
55.14    $ 

308     
2    

50.93   $ 

1,080 
2 
43.05 

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Dividends 

The following table summarizes the cash dividends paid during the year ended April 30, 2022: 

Date of Declaration by 
Board of Directors 

June 22, 2021 

September 29, 2021 

December 15, 2021 

March 23, 2022 

Quarterly Cash 
Dividend 
$0.3450 per common 
share 
$0.3450 per common 
share 
$0.3450 per common 
share 
$0.3450 per common 
share 

Total 
Dividend 
$19.3 
million 
$19.2 
million 
$19.2 
 million 
$19.2  
million 

Class of Common 
Stock 
Class A and  
Class B 
Class A and  
Class B 
Class A and  
Class B 
Class A and  
Class B 

Dividend Paid Date 

Shareholders of 
Record as of Date 

July 21, 2021 

July 6, 2021 

October 27, 2021 

October 12, 2021 

January 12, 2022 

December 28, 2021 

April 20, 2022 

April 5, 2022 

Changes in Common Stock 

The following is a summary of changes during the years ended April 30, in shares of our common stock and common stock in treasury 
(shares in thousands). 

Changes in Class A Common Stock: 
Number of shares, beginning of year 
Common stock class conversions  
Number of shares issued, end of year 

Changes in Class A Common Stock in treasury: 
Number of shares held, beginning of year 
Purchases of treasury shares 
Restricted shares issued under stock-based compensation plans – non-PSU Awards 
Restricted shares issued under stock-based compensation plans – PSU Awards 
Shares issued under the Director Plan to Directors 
Restricted shares, forfeited 
Restricted shares issued from exercise of stock options 
Shares issued related to the acquisition of a business 
Shares withheld for taxes 
Other 
Number of shares held, end of year 
Number of Class A Common Stock outstanding, end of year 

Changes in Class B Common Stock: 
Number of shares, beginning of year 
Common stock class conversions  
Number of shares issued, end of year 

Changes in Class B Common Stock in treasury: 
Number of shares held, beginning of year 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Number of shares held, end of year 
Number of Class B Common Stock outstanding, end of year 

Warrants 

2022 

2021 

2020 

70,208     
18     
70,226     

70,166     
42     
70,208     

70,127 
39 
70,166 

23,419     
542     
(323)     
(108)     
(2)    
—     
(49)     
(129)    
167     
(2)    
23,515     
46,711     

23,405     
308     
(268)     
(88)     
(6)    
—     
(60)     
—    
129     
(1)    
23,419     
46,789     

22,634 
1,080 
(232) 
(68) 
(97) 
1 
(34) 
— 
122 
(1) 
23,405 
46,761 

2022 

2021 

2020 

12,974     
(18)     
12,956     

13,016      
(42)      
12,974      

13,055 
(39) 
13,016 

3,922     
2    
3,924     
9,032     

3,920      
2  
3,922      
9,052      

3,918 
2 
3,920 
9,096 

In connection with the acquisition of The Learning House, Inc. on November 1, 2018, a portion of the fair value of the consideration 
transferred was $0.6 million of warrants. The warrants were classified as equity and allowed the holder to purchase 400,000 shares of 
our  Class  A  Common  Stock  at  an  exercise  price  of  $90.00,  subject  to  adjustments.  The  term  of  the  warrants  was  three  years  and 
expired on November 1, 2021. The fair value of the warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  

Index 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
      
  
  
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
       
  
  
      
       
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
Note 20 – Segment Information 

We  report  our  segment  information  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  FASB  ASC  Topic  280,  “Segment  Reporting.” These 
segments  reflect  the  way  our  chief  operating  decision  maker  evaluates  our  business  performance  and  manages  the  operations.  The 
performance  metric  used  by  our  chief  operating  decision  maker  to  evaluate  performance  of  our  reportable  segments  is  Adjusted 
Contribution  to  Profit. Our  segment  reporting  structure  consists  of  three  reportable  segments,  which  are  listed  below,  as  well  as  a 
Corporate category, which includes certain costs that are not allocated to the reportable segments:  

•  Research Publishing & Platforms 
•  Academic & Professional Learning 
•  Education Services 

Segment information is as follows:  

Revenue: 

Research Publishing & Platforms  
Academic & Professional Learning(1) 
Education Services(1) 

Total revenue 

Adjusted Contribution to Profit:  
Research Publishing & Platforms  
Academic & Professional Learning(1) 
Education Services(1) 

Total adjusted contribution to profit 
Adjusted corporate contribution to profit 
Total adjusted operating income 

Depreciation and Amortization: 

Research Publishing & Platforms  
Academic & Professional Learning(1)   
Education Services(1) 

Total depreciation and amortization 
Corporate depreciation and amortization 
Total depreciation and amortization 

For the Years Ended April 30, 
2021 

2022 

2020 

1,111,343    $ 
646,823      
324,762      
2,082,928    $  

1,015,349    $ 
641,861      
284,291      
1,941,501    $ 

948,839 
650,115 
232,529 
1,831,483 

295,227   $ 
111,917  
3,289  
410,433   $ 

273,023   $ 
92,363  
20,488  
385,874   $ 

(192,584)  

(167,053)  

217,849   $ 

218,821   $ 

94,899   $ 
69,561  
34,157  
198,617   $ 
16,553  
215,170   $ 

83,866   $ 
71,997  
29,654  
185,517   $ 
14,672  
200,189   $ 

265,353 
85,515 
(4,713) 
346,155 
(165,487) 
180,668 

69,495 
69,807 
24,131 
163,433 
11,694 
175,127 

$  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(1) 

In May 2021,  we moved the WileyNXT product offering from Academic & Professional Learning to Education Services. As a 
result, the prior period results related to the WileyNXT product offering have been included in Education Services. The Revenue, 
Adjusted  Contribution  to  Profit  and  Depreciation  and  Amortization  for  WileyNXT  was  $2.7 million,  $(0.7)  million, and  none, 
respectively, for the year ended April 30, 2021, and $0.7 million, $(0.9) million, and none, respectively, for the year ended April 
30, 2020. There were no changes to our total consolidated financial results. 

Index 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  shows  a  reconciliation  of  our  consolidated  US  GAAP  Operating  Income  (Loss)  to  Non-GAAP  Adjusted 
Operating Income: 

US GAAP Operating Income (Loss) 
Adjustments: 
Restructuring and related (credits) charges(1) 
Impairment of goodwill(1) 
Impairment of Blackwell trade name(1) 
Impairment of developed technology intangible(1) 
Non-GAAP Adjusted Operating Income 

For the Years Ended April 30,  

2022 

2021 

2020 

$ 

219,276   $ 

185,511   $ 

(54,287) 

(1,427)   
—   
—   
—   

$ 

217,849   $ 

33,310     
—     
—     
—     
218,821   $ 

32,607 
110,000 
89,507 
2,841 
180,668 

(1)  See Note 7, “Restructuring and Related (Credits) Charges” and Note 11, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for these charges by 

segment. 

See Note 3, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” for revenue from contracts with customers disaggregated by segment 
and product type for the years ended April 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020. 

The following tables shows assets allocated by reportable segment and by the corporate category as of April 30 as follows:   

Research Publishing & Platforms 
Academic & Professional Learning 
Education Services 
Corporate 
Total  

2022 

2021 

2020 

$ 

$ 

1,593,297   $ 
894,516      
542,508  
331,374      
3,361,695    $ 

1,692,366   $ 
946,760    
472,814    
334,499    
3,446,439   $ 

1,225,313 
924,924 
486,316 
532,241 
3,168,794 

The following table shows product development spending and additions to technology, property, and equipment by reportable segment 
and by the corporate category: 

Research Publishing & Platforms 
Academic & Professional Learning 
Education Services 
Corporate 
Total  

For the Years Ended April 30,  
2021 

2022 

2020 

$ 

$ 

(30,139)   $ 
(44,082)      
(7,308)      
(34,329)      
(115,858)    $ 

(24,284)   $ 
(41,897)    
(3,449)    
(33,731)    
(103,361)   $ 

(16,329) 
(38,229) 
(613) 
(60,030) 
(115,201) 

Revenue for the years ended April 30 from external customers is based on the location of the customer, and technology, property and 
equipment, net by geographic area as of April 30 were as follows:  

United States 
United Kingdom 
China 
Japan 
Australia 
Canada 
Germany 
France 
India 
Other Countries 
Total 

Index 

2022 
1,011,716    $ 
164,205      
140,323      
94,040      
80,993      
80,640      
75,805      
43,007      
38,279      
353,920      

Revenue, net 
2021 
990,499   $ 
145,806     
92,305     
91,957     
57,569     
67,635     
78,035     
45,681     
32,228     
339,786     
2,082,928    $  1,941,501   $ 

$ 

$ 

102 

2020 

   Technology, Property, and Equipment, Net 
2021 

2022 

2020 

944,075   $ 
174,567     
58,870     
75,104     
73,718     
56,370     
113,664     
45,033     
27,691     
262,391     
1,831,483   $ 

232,824   $ 
19,260     
2,609     
807     
476     
194     
7,267     
3,284     
984     
3,867     
271,572   $ 

241,217   $ 
19,436     
567     
234     
890     
1,067     
8,459     
4,329     
1,012     
5,059     
282,270   $ 

261,296 
18,076 
492 
112 
1,051 
1,734 
8,059 
1,358 
1,066 
4,761 
298,005 

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
       
       
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Note 21 – Subsequent Events 

Restructuring 

In May 2022, the Company initiated a global program to restructure and align our cost base with current and anticipated future market 
conditions. This program will include the exit of certain leased office space beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2023 and the 
reduction of our occupancy at other facilities. In addition, the program will include severance related charges for the elimination of 
certain positions. These actions are estimated to result in an initial pretax restructuring charge of approximately $19.0 million to $21.0 
million in the first quarter of fiscal year 2023. 

Dividend 

On June 22, 2022, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.3475 per share, or approximately $19.4 million, on our 
Class A and Class B Common Stock.  The dividend is payable on July 20, 2022 to shareholders of record on July 6, 2022. 

Index 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures: The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, together with the Chief 
Accounting Officer and other members of the Company’s management, have conducted an evaluation of the Company’s disclosure 
controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) as 
of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have 
concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by 
the Company in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time 
periods  specified  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission’s  rules  and  forms  and  (ii)  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the 
Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions 
regarding required disclosure. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting: Our Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining 
adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(f)  of  the  Exchange  Act. Under  the 
supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  we 
conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  upon  the  framework  in  Internal 
Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based 
on their evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of April 30, 2022. 

KPMG  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  has  audited  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal 
control over financial reporting. 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2022 that have materially 
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B. Other Information 

None 

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections 

Not applicable. 

Index 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

For information with respect to Executive Officers of the Company, see “Information About Our Executive Officers” as set forth in 
Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

The name, age, and background of each of the directors nominated for election are contained under the caption “Election of Directors” 
in  the  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2022  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  (2022  Proxy  Statement)  and  are  incorporated  herein  by 
reference. 

Information on the audit committee financial experts is contained in the 2022 Proxy Statement under the caption “Report of the Audit 
Committee” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Information on the Audit Committee Charter is contained in the 2022 Proxy Statement under the caption “Committees of the Board of 
Directors and Certain Other Information concerning the Board.” 

Information  with  respect  to  the  Company’s  Corporate  Governance  principles  is  publicly  available  on  the  Company’s  Corporate 
Governance website at https://www.wiley.com/en-us/corporategovernance. 

Item 11. Executive Compensation 

Information  on  compensation  of  the  directors  and  executive  officers  is  contained  in  the  2022  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions 
“Directors’ Compensation” and “Executive Compensation,” respectively, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Information  on  the  beneficial  ownership  reporting  for  the  directors  and  executive  officers  is  contained  under  the  caption  “Section 
16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” within the “Beneficial Ownership of Directors and Management” section of the 
2022  Proxy  Statement  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.  Information  on  the  beneficial  ownership  reporting  for  all  other 
shareholders  that  own  5%  or  more  of  the  Company’s  Class  A  or  Class  B  Common  Stock  is  contained  under  the  caption  “Voting 
Securities, Record Date, Principal Holders” in the 2022 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

The following table summarizes the Company’s equity compensation plan information as of April 30, 2022: 

Plan Category 
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders   

Number of 
Securities to Be 
Issued Upon Exercise 
of Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights (1)   

1,582,784    $ 

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price of 
Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights   
59.89   

Number of 
Securities Remaining 
Available for Future 
Issuance Under Equity 
Compensation Plans (2) 
1,390,492 

(1) 

This amount includes the following awards issued under the 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan: 

● 
● 

310,409 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $59.89.  
1,272,375 non-vested performance-based and other restricted stock awards. Since these awards have no exercise price, they 
are not included in the weighted average exercise price calculation.  

(2) 

Per the terms of the 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan (Plan), a total of 6,500,000 shares shall be authorized for awards granted 
under the Plan, less one (1) share for every one (1) share that was subject to an option or stock appreciation right granted  after 
April 30, 2014 under the 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan and 1.76 shares for every one (1) share that was subject to an award 
other than an option or stock appreciation right granted after April 30, 2014 under the 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan. Any 
shares that are subject to options or stock appreciation rights shall be counted against this  limit as one (1) share for every one 
(1)  share  granted,  and  any  shares  that  are  subject  to  awards  other  than  options  or  stock  appreciation  rights  shall  be  counted 
against this limit as 1.76 shares for every one (1) share granted. After the Effective Date of the Plan, no awards may be granted 
under the 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan.   

All of the Company’s equity compensation plans are approved by shareholders. 

Index 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Information on related party transactions and the policies and procedures for reviewing and approving related party transactions are 
contained under the caption “Transactions with Related Persons” within the “Board and Committee Oversight of Risk” section  of the 
2022 Proxy Statement and are incorporated herein by reference. 

Information  on  director  independence  is  contained  under  the  caption  “Director  Independence”  within  the  “Board  of  Directors  and 
Corporate Governance” section of the 2022 Proxy Statement. 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Our independent registered public accounting firm is KPMG LLP, New York, NY, Auditor ID: 185 

Information required by this item is contained in the 2022 Proxy Statement under the caption “Report of the Audit Committee” and is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

PART IV 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 
(a) Documents filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

(1) Financial Statements 

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule of this Annual Report on Form 10-K in Part II Item 8. 

(2) Financial Statement Schedule 

See  Schedule  II  -  Valuation and  Qualifying  Accounts  and  Reserves  -  Years  Ended  April  30,  2022,  2021,  and  2020 of  this  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. The other schedules are omitted as they are not applicable, or the amounts involved are not material. 

(3) Exhibits 

Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws 
3.1 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the year ended April 30, 1992).  

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

3.5 

Certificate  of Amendment of the  Certificate  of Incorporation dated October 13, 1995 (incorporated by reference to 
the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 1996).  

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1998 (incorporated by reference 
to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1998).  

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1999 (incorporated by reference 
to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1999).  

Amended and Restated By-Laws dated as of September 2007 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2018).  

Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures 
4.1  

Description  of  Securities  Registered  under  Section  12  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended 
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A (Amendment No. 1) for the year ended 
April 30, 2020). 

Material Contracts 

10.1 

Index 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated May 30, 2019, among the Company and Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative  Agent,  Swing  Line  Lender,  and  L/C  Issuer,  and  the  lenders  and  other  agents  party  thereto 
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2019).  

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

Index 

First Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of December 23, 2021). 

Agreement of the Lease dated as of July 14, 2014 between Hub Properties Trust as Landlord, an independent third 
party,  and  John  Wiley  and  Sons,  Inc  as  Tenant  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  Quarterly  Report  on 
Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2014).  

2018  Director  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  Annual  Report on  Form  10-K  for  the  year 
ended April 30, 2019). 

2014 Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2014). 

Amended 2014 Key Employee  Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2014).  

Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors’ 2005 & After Compensation (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 21, 2005). 

Amendment to the Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors' 2005 & After Compensation effective December 15, 
2021 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended 
January 31, 2022). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2022 Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2021). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2022 Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2021). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2022 Restricted Share Unit Grant Agreement under the Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan, 
under  the  Business  Officer  Equity  Program,  Pursuant  to  the  2014  Key  Employee  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by 
reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2021). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2022 Performance Share Unit Grant Agreement, under the Executive Long-Term Incentive 
Plan, Under the Business Officer Equity Program Pursuant to the 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2021). 

Form  of  the  Fiscal  Year  2022  Non-Qualified  Premium  Stock  Option  Grant  Agreement  Pursuant  to  the  2014  Key 
Employee Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly 
period ended July 31, 2021). 

Form  of  the  Fiscal  Year  2021  Executive  Long  Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 31, 2021). 

Form of the Fiscal Year 2021 Restricted Share Unit Grant Agreement under the Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan, 
under  the  Business  Officer  Equity  Program,  Pursuant  to  the  2014  Key  Employee  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by 
reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 31, 2020).  

Form of the Fiscal Year 2021 Performance Share Unit Grant Agreement, Under the Executive Long-Term Incentive 
Plan, Under the Business Officer Equity Program Pursuant to the 2014 Key Employee Stock Plan (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended January 31, 2021). 

Form  of  the  Fiscal  Year  2020  Qualified  Executive  Long  Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the 
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2019).  

Employment Letter dated October 12, 2017 between Brian A. Napack, President and Chief Executive Officer, and the 
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended October 
31, 2017). 

107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

10.33 

10.34 

Index 

Employment  Letter  dated  February  5,  2019  between  Matthew  Kissner,  Group  Executive,  and  the  Company 
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 7, 2019).  

Form of the Fiscal 2021 Restricted Share Unit Grant Agreement with Matthew S. Kissner under the Executive Long-
Term  Incentive  Plan,  under  the  Business  Officer  Equity  Program,  pursuant  to  the  2014  Key  Employee  Stock  Plan 
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 31, 2020). 

Separation  and  Release  Agreement,  dated  June  11,  2021  between  Matthew  S.  Kissner,  Group  Executive  Vice 
President, and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 
17, 2021). 

Transition  and  Consulting  Agreement,  dated  June  15,  2021  between  Matthew  S.  Kissner,  Group  Executive  Vice 
President, and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 
17, 2021). 

Employment  Letter  dated  April  20,  2018  between  Aref  Matin,  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Technology 
Officer,  and  the  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the 
period ended July 31, 2020). 

Senior  Executive  Employment  Agreement  dated  as  of  October  25,  2021  between  Christina  Van  Tassell  and  the 
Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of October 28, 2021). 

Employment Agreement dated August 7, 2020 between Todd Zipper, Executive Vice President & General Manager, 
Education Services and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2021). 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as Amended and Restated effective as of January 
1,  2014  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  April  30, 
2021). 

John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Supplemental Benefit Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2014 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2021). 

Deferred Compensation Plan of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. as Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2016 
including amendments through December 31, 2016 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2021). 

Amendment to the Deferred Compensation Plan of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. effective January 1, 2020 (incorporated 
by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2021). 

Amendment to the Deferred Compensation Plan of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. effective January 1, 2022 (incorporated 
by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended January 31, 2022). 

Employees’  Retirement  Plan  of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  Amended  and  Restated  June  30,  2013  with  amendments 
through  January  1,  2014  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year 
ended April 30, 2021). 

Amendment to the Employees’ Retirement Plan of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. effective October 1, 2016 (incorporated 
by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2021). 

Amendment  to  the  Employees’  Retirement  Plan  of  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  (IRS  model  436  provisions) 
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2021). 

John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  Employees’  Savings  Plan  Amended  and  Restated  Effective  July  1,  2013  including 
amendments through January 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the year ended April 30, 2021). 

108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.35 

10.36 

10.37 

10.38 

10.39 

Amendment to the John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Employees’ Savings Plan approved December 19, 2018 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2021). 

Amendment to the John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Employees’ Savings Plan approved September 26, 2019 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2021). 

Amendment to the John Wiley & Sons, inc. Employees’ Savings Plan effective January 1, 2020 (incorporated by 
reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2021). 

Amendment to the John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Employees’ Savings Plan effective September 1, 2020 and January 1, 
2021 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2021). 

Amendment  to  the  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.  Employees'  Savings  Plan  effective  January  1,  2022  (incorporated  by 
reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended January 31, 2022). 

Subsidiaries 
21* 

List of Subsidiaries of the Company. 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
23* 

Consent of KPMG LLP. 

Certifications Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
31.1* 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

31.2* 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

Certifications Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
32.1* 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.2* 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Inline XBRL 
101.INS* 

Inline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its 
XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document). 

101.SCH* 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. 

101.CAL* 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. 

101.DEF* 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. 

101.LAB* 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. 

101.PRE* 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. 

104 

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101). 

* 

Filed herewith 

Index 

109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 

Not applicable. 

(2) Financial Statement Schedule 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 2022, 2021, AND 2020 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Schedule II 

Year Ended April 30, 2022 

Description 

Allowance for sales returns(4) 
Allowance for doubtful accounts  
Allowance for inventory obsolescence 
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets 

Year Ended April 30, 2021 

Allowance for sales returns(4) 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Allowance for inventory obsolescence 
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets 

Year Ended April 30, 2020 

Allowance for sales returns(4) 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Allowance for inventory obsolescence 
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Period 

Cumulative 
Effect of 
Change in 
Accounting 
Principle(1)    

Charged to 
Expenses 

Deductions 
From Reserves 
and Other(2) 

Balance at 
End of 
Period(3) 

22,199   $ 
21,474   $ 
13,970   $ 
4,855   $ 

19,642   $ 
18,335   $ 
16,067   $ 
23,287   $ 

18,542   $ 
14,307   $ 
15,825   $ 
21,179   $ 

—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 

—   $ 
1,776   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 

—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 
—   $ 

29,191    $ 
4,029    $ 
6,786    $ 
230   $ 

36,997    $ 
6,957    $ 
9,236    $ 
3,213   $ 

48,829    $ 
5,470    $ 
8,699    $ 
2,108   $ 

31,968   $ 
4,282   $ 
9,537   $ 
(24,915)   $ 

34,440   $  
5,594   $ 
11,333   $ 
21,645   $ 

47,729   $ 
1,442   $ 
8,457   $ 
—   $ 

19,422 
21,221 
11,219 
30,000 

22,199 
21,474 
13,970 
4,855 

19,642 
18,335 
16,067 
23,287 

(1)  See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” of the 
Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  regarding  the  adoption  of  ASU  2016-13, 
“Financial  Instruments—Credit  Losses  (Topic  326),  Measurement of  Credit  Losses  on  Financial  Instruments”.  We  adopted  the 
new  standard  on  May  1,  2020,  with  a  cumulative  effect  adjustment  to  retained  earnings  as  of  the  beginning  of  the  year  of 
adoption. 

(2)  Deductions From Reserves and Other for the years ended April 30,  2022, 2021, and  2020 include foreign exchange translation 
adjustments.  Included  in  Allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  are  accounts  written  off,  less  recoveries.  Included  in  Allowance  for 
inventory obsolescence are items removed from inventory.  
Included  in  Valuation  allowance  on  deferred  tax  assets  for  the  years  ended  April  30,  2022  and  2020  are  valuation  allowances 
related to, and required with respect to foreign tax credits generated by the Tax Act. In connection with a 5-year loss carryback 
and a subsequent audit, certain foreign tax credits requiring a valuation allowance were reinstated.  

(3) 

(4)  Allowance  for  sales  returns  represents  anticipated  returns  net  of  a  recovery  of  inventory  and  royalty  costs.  The  provision  is 
reported as a reduction of gross sales to arrive at revenue and the reserve balance is reported as an increase in Contract liabilities 
with a corresponding increase in Inventories, net and a reduction in Accrued royalties for the years ended April 30,  2022, 2021, 
and 2020.  

Index 

110 

 
 
 
 
 
   
  
    
  
     
    
     
     
     
   
        
     
  
     
     
   
        
     
  
     
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report 
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Dated: June 24, 2022 

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. 
(Company) 

By: /s/ Brian A. Napack 
   Brian A. Napack 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signatures 

/s/ Brian A. Napack 
Brian A. Napack 

/s/ Christina Van Tassell 
Christina Van Tassell 

   President and Chief Executive Officer and  
   Director 

Titles 

Dated 
June 24, 2022 

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

June 24, 2022 

/s/ Christopher F. Caridi 
Christopher F. Caridi 

  Senior Vice President, Global Corporate Controller and 
  Chief Accounting Officer 

/s/ Jesse C. Wiley 
Jesse C. Wiley 

/s/ Mari J. Baker 
Mari J. Baker 

/s/ George D. Bell 
George D. Bell 

/s/ Beth A. Birnbaum 
Beth A. Birnbaum 

/s/ David C. Dobson 
David C. Dobson 

/s/ Mariana Garavaglia 
Mariana Garavaglia 

/s/ Laurie A. Leshin 
Laurie A. Leshin 

   Chairman of the Board 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

  Director 

   Director 

/s/ Raymond W. McDaniel, Jr. 
Raymond W. McDaniel, Jr. 

   Director 

/s/ William J. Pesce 
William J. Pesce 

/s/ Inder Singh 
Inder Singh 

   Director 

   Director 

Index 

111 

June 24, 2022 

June 24, 2022 

June 24, 2022 

June 24, 2022 

June 24, 2022 

June 24, 2022 

June 24, 2022 

June 24, 2022 

June 24, 2022 

June 24, 2022 

June 24, 2022 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
SUBSIDIARIES OF JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. (1) 
As of April 30, 2022 

Exhibit 21 

Jurisdiction In Which Incorporated 

Wiley edu, LLC 
Wiley Periodicals LLC 
Inscape Publishing LLC 
Atypon Systems LLC 
Madgex Inc. 
Profiles International, LLC 
PIIEU Ltd 
Zyante Inc. 
John Wiley & Sons Canada Ltd 
Consultants M Trois Inc 
Wiley Publishing LLC 

Wiley India Private Ltd. 
Wiley APAC Services LLP 
WWL LLC 

Wiley Global Technology (Private) Limited 
John Wiley & Sons Rus LLC 
Wiley International LLC 

John Wiley & Sons (HK) Limited 

 Wiley HK2 Limited 

Wiley Europe Investment Holdings, Ltd. 

Wiley Europe Ltd. 

                         Wiley Heyden Ltd. 

 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. 
           E-Learning SAS 
           mThree Corporate Consulting Limited 
           mThree Corporate Consulting Limited 
           Atypon Systems Ltd UK 
           John Wiley & Sons Singapore Pte. Ltd. 
                John Wiley & Sons Commercial Service (Beijing) Co., Ltd. 

Madgex Holdings Ltd 
Hindawi Limited  

                                      Wiley-VCH GmbH  

Blackwell Science (Overseas Holdings) 

Atypon GmbH 
Ernst & Sohn GmbH 
Wiley-VHCA AG                                                                       

                                    John Wiley & Sons A/S 
                                    Wiley Publishing Japan KK 
                                    Wiley Publishing Australia Pty Ltd. 

John Wiley and Sons Australia, Ltd. 

 J Wiley Ltd. 

CrossKnowledge Group Limited 

Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Texas 
United Kingdom 
Delaware 
Canada 
Canada 
Delaware 
India 
India 
Delaware 
Sri Lanka 
Russia 
Delaware 
Hong Kong 
Hong Kong 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
France 
United States 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Singapore 
China 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Germany 
Germany 
Germany 
Switzerland 
Denmark 
Japan 
Australia 
Australia 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 

(1)  The names of other subsidiaries that would not constitute a significant subsidiary in the aggregate have been omitted. 

Index 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Exhibit 23 

The Board of Directors 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 33-62605, 333-93691, 333-123359, 333-167697, and 
333-265700)  on  Form  S-8  of  our  reports  dated  June  24,  2022,  with  respect  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  financial 
statement schedule II of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

New York, New York 
June 24, 2022 

Index 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 31.1 

I, Brian A. Napack, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a.  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared; 

b.  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has 
materially  affected  or  is reasonably  likely  to materially  affect  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting; 
and 

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a.  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 
which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and 

b.  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

By:  

/s/ Brian A. Napack 
Brian A. Napack 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Dated: June 24, 2022 

Index 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 31.2 

I, Christina Van Tassell, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a.  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared; 

b.  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c.  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal  control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; 
and 

5.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a.  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  controls  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report 
financial information; and 

b.  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting 

By:  

/s/ Christina Van Tassell 
Christina Van Tassell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
Dated: June 24, 2022 

Index 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection with the Annual Report of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2022 
as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  I,  Brian  A.  Napack,  President  and  Chief 
Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, that based on my knowledge: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

(2)  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and results  of 

operations of the Company. 

By:  

/s/ Brian A. Napack 
Brian A. Napack 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Dated: June 24, 2022 

Index 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.2 

In connection with the Annual Report of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2022 
as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  I,  Christina  Van  Tassell,  Executive  Vice 
President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that based on my knowledge: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

(2)  The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of 

operations of the Company. 

By:  

/s/ Christina Van Tassell 
Christina Van Tassell 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
Dated: June 24, 2022 

Index